EPA-550/9-74-018
       BACKGROUND DOCUMENT
                FOR
    PROPOSED MEDIUM AND HEAVY TRUCK
          NOISE REGULATIONS
            OCTOBER 1974
            PREPARED BY
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
     Washington, D.C.  20460

-------
                               EPA-550/9-74-018
         BACKGROUND DOCUMENT

                   FOR

    PROPOSED MEDIUM AND HEAVY TRUCK

            NOISE REGULATIONS
              OCTOBER 1974
              PREPARED BY
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
      Washington, D.C.  20460
           This document has been approved for general
           availability. It does not constitute a standard,
           specification or regulation.

-------
                  TABLIO OP CONTENTS

Section

            Summary                               1

   1         PROLOGUE                           1-1

               Statutory Basis for Action            1-1

               Preemption                         1-2

   2         IDENTIFICATION OF TRUCKS AS A     2-1
              MAJOR SOURCE OF NOISE

               Legislative Basis                   2-1

               Priority Basis                      2-1

               Day-Night Sound  Level Basis         2-2

               Population Basis                    2-2

               Product Basis                      2-3

   3         THE TRUCK INDUSTRY                3-1

               Role of Trucks in Domestic         3-1
                Transportation  Market


               Truck Description for General       3-3
                Purposes

               Truck Classification for Purposes    3-9
                of Noise Regulation

               Truck Categories Purposes of       3-9
                Report Discussion

               Distribution of Trucks by            3-10
                Categories

               Major Truck Users                 3-13

               Truck Manufacturers                3-13

   4         INFORMATION BASE                  4-1

               Sources Used for Developing         4-1
                 Information

               Baseline New Truck Noise Levels    4-2

-------
            TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUKD)

Section                                            I'a^v

   5         AVAILARLIC NOISU AHATHMKNT       f»-1
               TECHNOLOGY

               Component Noise Control             5-1

               Engine                             5-1

               Fan                                5-6

               Intake                              5-11

               Exhaust                             5-13

               Tire Noise                          5-14

               Total Truck Noise                   5-16

               Diesel-Fueled Trucks                5-17

               Gasoline-Fueled Trucks              5-19

  6        HEALTH AND WELFARE

               Introduction                         6-1

               Effect of New Truck Regulation       6-2
                on Public Health and Welfare -
                "In the Large"

                Introduction                       6-2

                Definition of Leq and Ldn          6-3

                Assessment of Impact Due to       6-5
                  Environmental Noise

                Application of Assessment Tech-    6-13
                  niques to New Truck Regulation

                Urban Traffic Case                 6-13

                Freeway Traffic Case              6-14
                         11

-------
            TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Section                                                 Page

              Effect of New Truck Regulations on Public   6-23
                Health and Welfare "In Individual Cases"

                Description of Environmental Situations     6-23
                 Studied

                Discussion of Equation Derived for         6-26
                 Analysis

                Results for Environmental Situations       6-30
                  Studied

   7         ECONOMIC CONSEQUENCES OF NOISE       7-1
              CONTROL

               Introduction                             7-1

               Cost of Compliance                        7-2

               Changes in Truck Manufacturing Costs      7-2

               Changes in Truck Operating Costs          7-7

               Cost of Compliance Testing                7-10

               Cost Impacts                              7-11

               Impact on Truck Manufacturers             7-11

               Impacts  on Truck Users                   7-25

               Impacts  on Industries Associated With      7-35
                Truck Manufacturers

               Impact on National Economy                7-38

               Transportation and Trucking in the U. S.    7-38
                 Economy

               Impacts  on Exports                        7-39

               Impacts  on Imports                        7-40

               Impacts  on Balance of Trade               7-41

               Summary                                 7-41
                          iii

-------
              TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Section                                                 Page

   8        TRUCK ACOUSTIC ENERGY CHANGES        8-1
              AND LEAD TIME REQUIREMENTS

              Future Changes in Acoustic Energy Levels   8-1

              Lead Time Requirements                   8-14

   9        MEASUREMENT METHODOLOGY             9-1

              Introduction                               9-1

              Low Speed, High Acceleration Test          9-2

              Instrumentation                            9-2

              Test Sites                                 9-2

              Procedures                                9-5

              Measurements                             9-7

              General Comments                         9-7

              References                                9-8

              Modifications to SAE J366b                 9-9

              Nature of the Source                       9-9

              Modifications                              9-9

              Geometry                                 9-10

              Microphones                               9-10

              Test Site                                  9-11

              Instrumentation                            9-13

              Test Site                                  9-14

              Vehicle                                    9-16

              Tires                                      9-16

              Procedure                                 9-16

              General Comments                         9-17

                              iv

-------
              TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Section                                                   Page

            MEASUREMENT METHODOLOGY (Cont'd)

              Other Test Procedures                      9-18

              Summary                                  9-20



                         APPENDICES

A.  Derivation of Situational Model Equations

B.  Architectural-Acoustic Description of Activity Site Structures

C.  Calculation of the Total Absorption for the Apartment Activity Site

D.  Calculation of the Total Transmittance for the Apartment Activity
    Site

E.  Typical Measured Truck Operation Noise

F.  Calculations to Normalize the Low Speed, High Acceleration Truck
    Noise Spectrum

G.  Calculation of Situational Factors for the Apartment Activity Site

H.  Procedure used to Obtain the Truck Noise Levels at 50 Feet Which
    Might Preclude Annoyance

I.   Detailed Initial Cost Estimates to Quiet Medium and Heavy Duty
    Trucks

J.   Costs of Operating Quiet Trucks

K.  Computation of Equivalent Truck Price Increases

L.  Impact of Quieting Options on Truck Volume

M.  First Year Operating Costs for Quieted Trucks

N.  Impact of Lead Times on Manufacturers of "Noisy" Engines

-------
                               SUMMARY
    The subjects addressed in this  document are  intended  to provide
background information on various unpertH associated with the develop-
ment of regulations relative to noise emission I'roiti newly niitnul'acl.nr'ed
trucks.
    Section  1  -  "Prologue" sets  forth the legal basis  for the  regulations
which may be promulgated under the authority of the Noise Control Act
of 1972,  the procedure followed in the promulgation of such regulations
and a brief  statement relative to preemption of  state and local regula-
tions by Federal regulations.
    Section  2  -  "Identification of Medium and  Heavy Duty Trucks as a
Major  Source  of Noise. " This section addresses  the acoustic energy
radiated by medium and heavy duty trucks.
    Section  3  -  "The  Truck Industry."  This  section presents general
information about the  U.  S.  truck industry.  It covers industry statistics
on sales,  number of trucks manufactured,  financial data on manufac-
turers, weight  classification  system and other  useful descriptive ma-
terial.
    Section  4  -  "information Base, " provides a  synopsis of the sources
of information utilized in the preparation  of this document. It also
presents baseline data on noise generated by currently new trucks.  The
data are given for both diesel- and  gasoline-powered trucks.
    Section  5  -  "Available Noise Abatement Technology. "  In order to
establish  regulations  restricting truck noise emissions it is necessary
to know how much noise reduction it is presently possible to achieve. Sec-
                               1

-------
 tion 5 reviews  the various components of truck noise:  noise radiated
 from the engine surface, fan, intake, exhaust and tire noise.
     This discussion includes both the  noise  generation  process nn
-------
from a highway  traversed by  trucks. Associated  with each  scenario
is an ambient level appropriate to the particular activity. The passhy
noise produced by each  separate  truck is considered as an intrusion
and  the extent to which it exceeds the  ambient is a measure of the
annoyance produced.   A nominal  increment of 10 dB(A) is employed,
and  the noise outputs of trucks which will  produce  this increment  are
computed.  The  10  dB(A) increment is arbitrary; however, it is pre-
sented as the level at which severe annoyance begins. The scenarios
are  presented in tables which permit ready identification of those  cases
which are satsifactory and those which are not when it is assumed that
a truck produces a specified noise level.
    Section 7  -  "Economic Consequences  of Noise Control. "  In this
section costs are developed for the basic engineering changes  required
to achieve various levels.   Changes in costs  due to changes in opera-
tional efficiency  are  also included. Using these data as a basis,  the
impacts  on  truck manufacturers,  truck users,  and truck associated
industries are evaluated.
    Section 8  -  "Truck Acoustic Energy Changes and Lead Time Re-
quirements. " In this section  the population statistics of trucks  are
presented.  The  number of trucks presently  in operation,  the rate of
truck retirement, and truck annual mileage are also given. These are
combined to  show population distribution of  trucks  corresponding to
the various standards which could be proposed.
    A mileage-weighted acoustic energy  level is presented for each of
the various possible regulatory options.
                               3

-------
     Lead times  required for various equipment modifications are dis-
 cussed.  The problems and the time required for  the industry  to solve
 them are considered.
     Section  9  -  "Measurement Methodology. "  This section addresses
 EPA  test procedures which  could be associated  with  new truck regu-
 lations.
     Section  10 - "Enforcement."  Enforcement  of new product noise
 emission standards applicable to new medium and heavy duty trucks are
 discussed through production verification testing of vehicle configura-
 tions, assembly  line testing using  selective enforcement auditing or
 continuous testing (sample testing or 100% testing) of production vehi-
 cles and  in-use compliance  requirements.   EPA consideration of the
 measurement methodology which could be  used  both for  production
 verification  testing and  assembly line vehicle testing is based upon
 the  SAE J366b test.  Additional tests are outlined in this  document
 for consideration.
    Section  11 -  "Environmental Effects. "   Whenever action is taken
 to control one form  of  environmental pollution, there are possible
 spinoff effects on other  environmental or  natural resource factors.
 In this section the single effects of truck noise control  on air and water
 pollution,    solid waste  disposal,  energy and natural resource con-
 sumption, and land use considerations are evaluated.
    The discussion indicates that the process  of quieting new trucks will
produce  no  significant adverse environmental effects.  It will result
in a  modest  saving of fuel, however, if it is credited with the benefits
associated with thermostatically controlled fans.
                              4

-------
   Finally,  this document constitutes an exposition of the studies made
by EPA and its contractors of the many areas associated with the prom-
ulgation of a noise emission regulation for new trucks.  An effort has
been made to produce a document covering all the major issues and it
is hoped that it will be found  useful.
    Throughout the document, there are references to three data collec-
tion points at which technology, cost,  and health and welfare data were
collected  and evaluated.  Interpolations between the points or extrapo-
lation to levels  below the points provide information from which deter-
mination can be made as  to  truck  noise emission which technology may
achieve, the levels at which health and welfare criteria may be assessed,
and the costs and economic impacts associated with various levels«

-------
                         SECTION ONE



PROLOGUE



Statutory Basis for Action



   Through the  Noise Control Act of 1972  (86 Stat.  1234),  Congress



established a national policy "to promote an environment for all Amer-



icans free  from noise that  jeopardizes their health and welfare. "  In



pursuit of  that policy, Congress stated, in Section 2 of the Act,  "that,



while primary responsibility  for control of noise rests with State and



local governments, Federal action is  essential to deal with major noise



sources in commerce, control of which requires national uniformity of



treatment. "As part of that essential  Federal action, subsection 5(b)(l)



requires the Administrator, after consultation with appropriate Federal



agencies, to publish a report or series of reports "identifying products



(or classes of products)  which in his judgment are  major sources of



noise. "  Further,  section 6 of the Act requires the Administrator to



publish proposed regulations for each product,  which  is identified  or



which is part  of a product class identified as a major source of noise,



where in his judgment noise standards are feasible and fall into var-



ious categories  of  which transportation equipment (including recrea-



tional vehicles and  related equipment) is one.



   Pursuant to subsection 5(b)(l),  the Administrator has published a



report which identifies new medium  and heavy duty trucks as a major



source of  noise.  As required by Section 6, the Administrator shall



prescribe regulations for such trucks, which are "requisite to protect



the public  health and welfare,  taking into account the magnitude and



conditions  of use of new medium and heavy duty trucks, the degree  of





                           1-1

-------
noise reduction achievable through the application of the best available


technology, and the cost of compliance. "


Preemption


   Under subsection 6(e)(l)of the Noise Control Act, after the effective


date'ofa regulation under Section 6 of noise emissions from a new prod-


uct, no State or political  subdivision  thereof may adopt or enforce any


law or regulation which sets a limit of noise emissions from  such new


product, or components of such  new product, which is not identical to


the standard prescribed by the Federal regulation.  Subsection 6(e)(2),


however, provides that   nothing in Section  6 precludes or denies the


right of  any State or political subdivision thereof to establish and en-


force controls on  environmental noise (or one or more sources thereof)

                                                               r
through  the licensing,  regulation or  restriction  of the use, operation


or movement of any product or combination or products.


   The noise controls which are  reserved to State and local authority


by subsection  6(e)(2) include,  but are not limited to, the following:


   1. Controls on the manner of operation of products


   2. Controls on the time in which products may be operated


   3. Controls on the places in which products may be operated


   4. Controls on  the number of products  which may be operated to-


     gether


   5. Controls on noise emissions from the  property on which  products


     are used


   6. Controls on the licensing of products


   7. Controls on environmental noise levels


                               1-2

-------
Federal  regulations promulgated  under  section  6 preempt State or



local  regulations which set limits  on  permissible  noise  emissions



from the new products covered by the Federal  regulations at the time



of sale of such  products,  if they differ from the  Federal regulations.



   Conversely,  State and local authorities are free to enact regulations



on new products offered for sale which are identical to Federal regula-



tions.
                              1-3

-------
                          SECTION 2



   IDENTIFICATION OF TRUCKS AS A MAJOR SOURCE OF NOISE



    In pursuit of subsection  5(b) of the  Noise Control Act of 1972,



the Administrator has published a report (FEDERAL REGISTER, Vol.



39, No.  121,  pp.  22297-9) which "identifies medium and heavy  duty



trucks having a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) in excess of 10, 000



pounds as a  major source of noise. "  GVWR means the value speci-



fied by  the  manufacturer as  the  loaded  weight  of a single vehicle.



    The following paragraphs will briefly  describe  the  basis on which



trucks with  a GVWR of 10,000 pounds  or more  were identified as  a



major source of noise.



LEGISLATIVE BASIS



     Subsection 6(a) of the Noise Control Act sets forth four categories



of products  for which a noise emission standard can be proposed for



each product identified as a major source of noise.  The categories



are:



     1.  Construction equipment



     2.  Transportation  equipment (including  recreational  vehicles



         and related equipment)



     3.  Any motor or engine  (including  any equipment  of which an



          engine or a motor is an integral part)



     4. Electrical  or electronic equipment



PRIORITY BASIS



    The criteria developed by EPA to identify products which are major



sources of noise and for which  noise emission standards are requisite



                                2-1

-------
to protect  the public health and welfare  stipulate  that at this time



first  priority has been given to products that contribute to community



noise exposure.   Community noise exposure is that exposure exper-



ienced by the community as a whole as a result of  the operation of a



product as opposed  to that exposure  experienced by the  users of the



product.



DAY-NIGHT  SOUND LEVEL BASIS



     The day-night sound level,  Lnd,  has been specifically developed



as a measure of  community ^oise.  Since it is  a  cumulative energy



measure, it  can be used to identify areas where noise sources operate



continuously  or  where sources operate intermittently but are present



enough of the time to emit a substantial amount  of sound  energy in a



24 hour period.



     EPA has identified an outdoor Ldn of 55 dB as the day-night sound



level requisite to protect the public from all long-term  adverse public



health and welfare effects  in  residential  areas,  and  an  Leq  of  70



(roughly equivalent to an Ldn 70) as the threshold  of hearing impair-



ment.



POPULATION BASIS



     The estimated number of people in residential areas who are sub-



jected to urban traffic noise and freeway traffic noise  at or above an



outdoor Ldn of 70, 65 and 60 dB is shown in Table 2-1 below:
                                2-2

-------
                         TABLE 2-1

         NUMBER OF PEOPLE SUBJECTED (IN MILLIONS)

                               Urban Traffic       Freeway Traffic
   Outdoor Ldn (dB)	   Noise	Noise

         70                         4-12                1-4
         65                        15-33                2-6
         60                        40-70                3-6

    Source;   BBN Report No. 2636,  September  1973.


     As  indicated  by Table 2-1,  more  than  70  million people in

residential areas  are subjected to noise from surface  transportation

equipment at or the outdoor Ldn of 60 dB. Thus, the surface transpor-

tation equipment  category has been  selected by EPA  for regulatory

attention because of the extensive community exposure to noise emanat-

ing from products in this  category.

PRODUCT BASIS

     A two-step approach has been used to  identify products within the

surface transportation equipment category  which are major contribu-

tors to community  noise exposure.  First, the Ldn has  been used to

identify residential areas selected from a composite  derived  from a

cross section of U. S. towns and cities where a large number of people

are exposed to high Ldn.  Second, in these high Ldn areas,  products

which are major  contributors to the Ldn have been identified.

     Table 2-2 lists the products in the highway surface transportation

equipment categories that are presently considered  as major sources

of noise, and indicates  both the typical sound pressure level (SPL)

at 50 feet associated  with, each product and the estimated total sound

energy emitted per day by all existing models of each product.

                             2-3

-------
                         TABLE 2-2
 MEASURES OF NOISE ASSOCIATED WITH TRANSPORTATION VEHICLES
         Products in the                 Typical SPL    Estimated Total
    Transportation Equipment             at 50 feet    Sound Energy Per
            Category	dB(A)	Day (Kilowatt-hrs)
Trucks (greater than 10, 000 Ibs GVWR)
Automobiles (sports compacts)
Automobiles (passenger)
Trucks (less than 10, 000 Ibs GVWR)
Motorcycles (highway)
Buses (city and school)
Buses (highway)
84
75
69
72
82
73
82
5800
1150
800
570
325
20
12
Source: BBN Report No. 2636, September 1973.

     The typical sound pressure level in dB(A) at 50 feet is a measure
of the perceived loudness at  that distance from  the product  when it
is operating. This measure  suggests which products, when they are
operated alone, will  be perceived as noisy  by  the  community.  The
estimated total sound energy per day is useful because it is an aggre-
gate measure that takes into account the sound  energy emission rate
of the product,  the number of  products operating and the  amount of
 time they are operated each day.  For trucks with a GVWR of 10, 000
pounds or more, this  measure was estimated on the basis that there
are about 3.5 million trucks in use for an average of 4 hours per day.
These estimates are for a composite of both urban and freeway traffic
conditions.   Note  that the  levels cited  in Table 2-2 are estimated
average levels and, in the case of trucks, the actual level is probably
higher than that listed.
     As indicated by Table 2-2, trucks with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds
or more  are louder than other transportation vehicles and  contribute
the most daily sound  energy to  the community environment  of any
product in the surface transportation equipment category.
                             2-4

-------
                           SECTION 3



                     THE TRUCK INDUSTRY



THE ROLE OF TRUCKS IN DOMESTIC TRANSPORTATION MARKETS



     Of the major means by which goods are transported, Table  3-1



implies  that trucks are  far from being the least expensive; yet,  be-



cause of  convenience, trucks account for over 80% of the total dollars



spent on moving domestic freight.



     As shown  in Table  3-1, trucks  carry the largest share in tons



of domestic freight.  The cost per ton-mile (approximately 17 cents)



is considerably more expensive than the cost (approximately 1.5 cents



per ton-mile) for shipping by rail,  the next largest carrier of goods.



However, as can be inferred from Table  3-1, trucks on the average



carry more goods over shorter distances, and provide a flexibility that



cannot be achieved  by other modes of transportation.   Thus, the ac-



cepted presence of trucks on the nation's highways is supplemented by



their pervasive presence in virtually every street and  roadway of the



country.



     Over the period 1967 to 1972, total new truck sales increased 1. 3



times as  fast as the gross national  product; new heavy duty  truck



sales increased more  than 2.5  times  as  fast.  (Reference 1).  The



trend over the past several years  has  been for more and more goods



to be moved by truck.  It is expected that this trend will  continue and



that each year there will be  more trucks on the nation's  freeways,



highways, and city and residential streets.
                               3-1

-------
                                                       TftRT.F. 3-1
                                     DOMESTIC FREIGHT TRANSPORTATION MARKET, 1970
Mode
Transportation
•Truck
Rail
Water*
Pipeline
Air
Totals
Tons
Millions Percent
1,684 34.2
1,572 32.1
867 17.6
790 16.1
3 0.0
4,916 100.0
Ton-Miles
Millions Percent
412,000 18.7
771,000 34.8
595,000 26.9
431,000 19.5
3,400 0.1
2,212,000 100.0
Revenue Dollars
Mill ions Percent
$69,084 81.3
11,869 14.0
1,902 2.3
1,396 1.6
720 .8
$84,971 100.0
10
       *  Includes Domestic Deepsea,  Great Lakes and Inland Waterways.
       Source;  Transportation Facts  and Trends, TAA Quarterly Supplement, April 1973.

-------
TRUCK DESCRIPTION FOR GENERAL PURPOSES

     In describing trucks with gross  vehicle weight ratings  (GYWR)

greater than 10, 000 pounds, a wide range of vehicle types are involved.

At one extreme of the vehicle characteristics  for different types of

trucks there are  gasoline-powered 2-axle single vehicles with 4 tires

and GVWR of less than 13,000 pounds.   At the  other  extreme there

are 11-axle combination vehicles  with 42  tires,  turbocharged  diesel

engines and GCWRin excess of 130, 000 pounds. HereGCWR, the gross

combination weight rating, means the  value specified by the manufac-

turer as the maximum loaded weight of a combination vehicle for which

it is designed.

     Trucks can be described in terms of the following attributes: the

gross vehicle weight  rating,  the major designed use,  the number of

axles, the type and size of engine, and the  style of the cab.

     Truck designation in terms of GVWR for trucks with GCWR over

10,000 pounds has been defined  by the Motor Vehicle Manufacturers

Association (MVMA)  and is shown in Table 3-2.


                           TABLE 3.2

               TRUCK DESIGNATION BY GVWR (POUNDS)

                          10, 001 - 14, 000
                          14,001 - 16,000
                          16,001 - 19,500
                          19,501- 26,000
                          26,001 - 33,000
                            over 33,000

               Source:  MVMA's 1973 Motor Truck Facts.
                                3-3

-------
Figure 3-1, Short Conventional

-------
-••
       Figure 3-2, Long Conventional Cab

-------

-------

Figure 3-4, High Deck Cab-Over-Engine,
                           3-7

-------
     There are three truck design designations which reflect the major



uses for trucks with GVWR greater than 10, 000 pounds.  A ruggedly



built cab-chassis unit for mounting dump beds,  concrete mixers,  etc.,



is often  referred  to as a construction  truck  while a light  cab-chassis



unit for mounting van  bodies, etc.,  is  designated  as a delivery truck.



A truck-tractor for pulling trailers, etc., is called a line-haul truck.



     The number  of  axles by which  engine power is transmitted  as



traction  at the road surface can also  be used   for  truck designation.



For trucks with two axles,  one of which  drives  the truck (as  in  an



automobile),  the  designation is  2  x  4; i.e.,   two  out  of the  four



wheels (dual tires count as one wheel)  are driving.   Similarly, a tan-



dem axle, truck-tractor is designated as a 4 x 6 and an all-wheel drive



truck is  a 4 x 4 or a 6 x 6.



     In terms of truck designation  by the type of engine,  trucks can



be designated simply as having either a gasoline  engine  or a diesel



engine.   The horsepower rating of the engine can also  be used for



truck classification purposes.



     Trucks can also be  designated by  the style of the truck or truck-



tractor cab.  The two main styles of cabs are  the conventional cab



(sometimes termed a "fixed" cab) style and the cab-over engine (COE)



style.  In a conventional  cab, the driver sits behind the engine.  Con-



ventional cab styles  may  be either "short"  (see  Fig. 3-1) or "long"



(see Fig.  3-2),  depending on the  length  of the  hood.   In the  COE



style, the  driver  is  positioned  above  and to the  side of  the  engine.



COE style  may  be either  "low"  (see  Fig.  3-3) or "high"  (see Fig.



3-4), depending on the distance of the deck, or floor, of the cab above



the ground.



                             3-8

-------
TRUCK CLASSIFICATION FOR PURPOSES OF NOISE REGULATION
     The truck attributes most  closely associated  with  truck  noise
level include the gross vehicle weight  rating, the number of axles,
and the size and type of the engine. All  these attributes are some-
what related.  For  example, a  truck with a  large GVWR will tend
to have more axles and will more  likely be powered by a large diesel
engine than  a truck with small  GVWR.  GVWR is a prime candidate
for defining regulated truck classification.  As  Table 3-2 indicates,
the Motor Vehicle Manufacturers Association uses GVWR as a primary
variable in  reporting its production  figures. In addition, most states
register trucks  according to GVWR.
     A truck's GVWR depends  on the sum of  its axle weight ratings.
Thus,  classification by the number of axles may be redundant. Classi-
fication by  engine  size  could  again be  redundant as  the size of the
engine selected for a given  truck is inherently dependent on its design
GVWR.
     The type of engine is another possible candidate for truck class-
ification for noise regulation since gasoline and  diesel engines  differ
somewhat in their noise characteristics (Reference 2).  However, this
engine noise level difference becomes  less pronounced,  as the engine
component is considered in the totality of measured truck noise.
TRUCK CATEGORIES FOR PURPOSES OF REPORT DISCUSSION
     Of newly manufactured trucks with a GVWR  greater than 10, 000
pounds but less  than 26, 000 pounds, almost 85% will be  gasoline pow-
ered.  Conversely,  more than 96% of the trucks  with GVWR greater
than 26, 000 pounds can be  expected to be diesel powered.
                            3-9

-------
     Accordingly,  in this document, trucks with a. gross vehicle weight



rating in excess of 10,000 pounds have  been  categorized as "medium



duty" or "heavy duty" trucks as defined in Table 3. 3.  Also defined in



Table 3. 3 are truck GVWR groups within each of these GVWR categories,



                         TABLE 3-3



                   GVWR Truck Categories



     GVWR Category        GVWR Group      Range of GVWR
Medium Duty Trucks
(10,001-26,000 Ibs)


Heavy Duty Trucks
(over 26, 000 Ibs)
1
2
3
4
5
6
10, 001-14. 000
14,001-16,000
16,001-19, 500
19, 501-26, 000
26,001-33, 000
over 33,000
     In addition to the above truck GVWR categorization,  this document



will also on occasion  further  categorize trucks  by type of  engine as



either gasoline or diesel.



DISTRIBUTION OF TRUCKS BY CATEGORIES



     A statistical analysis of the census data on the characteristics



and uses of the truck population in the  United States, which was col-



lected and made available to EPA by the Bureau of the Census, provides



an estimate of the  total truck  population in  the United States in 1972.



(For details,  see Appendix O.)  The total truck population with GVWR



in excess of  10,000  pounds in  1972  was  estimated to  be 3,533,000



trucks.  The  distribution  of these trucks by GVWR category and type



of engine: is shown in Table 3-4.
                                   3-10

-------
                          TABLE 3-4




                TOTAL TRUCK POPULATION,  1972
GVWR
Category
Medium Duty
Heavy Duty
Totals
Gasoline Engine Diesel Engine
Number Percent Number Percent
2,335,000
509, 000
2, 844, 000
98
44
80
41,000
648,000
689,000
2
56
20
Total
Trucks
2,376,000
1, 157,000
3, 533,000
Source: A. T. Kearney Report to EPA, April 1974.








     Table 3-5,  a breakdown for  diesel engine trucks by GVWR for



selected  years between  1966 and  1972,  shows a trend toward fewer



medium duty trucks being powered by diesel engines  and a trend toward



increased use of diesel engines for heavy duty  trucks,  particularly



the larger GVWR group 6 trucks.



     The distribution of  new  truck  production in 1972,  according to



GVWR category and  group as well  as type of engine,  is shown in Table



3-6.   Over 90%  of the new trucks produced are used in domestic truck



transportation.
                               3-11

-------
                                               TABLE 3-5
                      PERCENT OF DIESEL TRUCKS TO TOTAL TRUCKS BY CATEGORIES FOR SELECTED

                                                YEARS, 1966-72
V
M
ro

Year

1966
1968
1970
1972
Medium Duty Trucks
GVWR Group
1234
0% 0% 1% 3%
0002
0003
0001

Total
4%
3
3
1
Heavy Duty Trucks
GVWR Group
5 6
5% 19%
4 21
4 28
3 30

Total
24%
25
32
33
Source:   MVMA 1973 Motor Truck Facts .

-------
                      TABLE 3.6




            NEW TRUCK PRODUCTION, 1972
GVWR
Category
Medium Duty
Heavy Duty
Totals
GVWR
Group
1
2
3
4
5
6
Totals
Gasoline Engine Diesel Engine Total
Number Percent Number Percent Trucks
227,263
41,994
269,257


44.221
9.397
26,330
147,315
25,364
16,630
269,257
98
23
S5"


100
98
100
97
65
12
65
5,045
138,044
143,089


0
215
31
4,789
13,563
124,481
143,089
2
77
•33"


0
2
0
3
35
88
75"
232,308
180,038
412, 346


44,221
9,612
26, 371
152,104
38,927
141,111
412, 346
Source: (Reference 1)
    Medium duty trucks account for the larger share of new trucks



with GVWR in excess of 10, 000 pounds produced in 1972.



MAJOR TRUCK USERS



    A listing  of the major users of trucks to move goods is given in



Table 3-10.  As shown,  the agricultural industry is the principal user



of trucks and,  in particular,  the largest user of  medium duty trucks.



As  elso shown in Table 3-10, the largest user  of heavy duty trucks



is the truck-for-hire industry.



TRUCK MANUFACTURERS



    The number   of new trucks produced by  the major truck  manu-



facturers in 1972 are shown in Table 3-7.  Four truck manufacturers,



General Motors  (including its Chevrolet Division), Ford, International



Harvester and Dodge, produce almost 98% of all medium duty  trucks



and approximately 60% of the heavy duty trucks.



                              3-13

-------
                                               TABLE 3-7


                                  NUMBER OF NEW TRUCKS BY MANUFACTURER, 1972
Truck
Manufacturer
Chevrolet
Diamond Reo
Dodge
FWD
Ford
CMC
IHC
Mack
White
Others
Totals
Medium Duty Trucks
Gasoline Diesel
53,722 135
37
45,042 278
4 8
63,544 3,010
25,568 446
39,064 1,165
0 0
0 3
282 0
227,263 5,045
Total
53,857
37
45,320
12
66,554
26,014
40,229
0
3
282
232,308
Heavy Duty Trucks
Gasoline Diesel
1,602 3,696
1,044 3,207
3,623 1,480
301 606
13,952 18,824
8,126 16,017
12,230 29,311
25 26,331
753 21,854
338 16,718
41,994 138,044
Total
5,298
4,251
5,103
907
32,776
24,143
41,541
26356
22,607
17,056
ISO.OSS
I
M
*-
    Sourde:   (Reference 1)

-------
    The financial characteristics of the parent companies of the major
truck manufacturers is shown in Table 3-8. Of these parent companies,
the five that are considered large, have  sales  and assets in excess
of $1 billion;  two have sales or assets between $500 million and $1
billion; and four smaller companies  have less than $100  million in
sales and assets.
    In general,  it can be  expected that the larger parent  companies
would have  the  least difficulty financially in complying with the  new
truck noise regulations.  Smaller  companies, without  equivalent in-
house research  and  development programs,  may  have to  rely on the
noise reduction provided by the suppliers of truck components in order
to comply with the noise regulations.
    The suppliers of truck components  which may  be  particularly
affected by truck noise regulation are those producing engines, mufflers
and fans.  Most truck manufacturers rely heavily on two major diesel
engine suppliers,  Cummins and Detroit Diesel, as shown in Table 3-9.
The Detroit Diesel  Division of General Motors produces  most Chev-
rolet and GMC diesel engines. Mack Truck uses an integrated approach
to produce mated engines and transmissions.
                                 3-15

-------
                                                   TABLE 3-8
                            FINANCIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF TRUCK MANUFACTURER'S
                                             PARENT COMPANY, 1972 ($  Millions)
Parent Company of
Truck Manufacturer
General Motors Corporation

Ford Motor Company
Chrysler Corporation

International Harvester Company
The Signal Company (Mack)



White Motor Corporation




Paccar, Inc.




Diamond Reo Trucks, Inc.
Hendrickson Manufacturing Co.

FWD Corporation



Oshkosh Truck Corporation
Net
Sales Income Assets
$30,435 $2,163 $18,273

20,194 870 11,634
9,759 221 5,497

3,527 87 2,574
1,481 41 1,328



943 9 573




595 30 268




83 7 30
44 Not 23
Available
28 . 4 25



22 .3 14
Net Worth
$11,683

5,961
2,489

1,198
653



222




170




5
15

6



7
Comments <•
Truck producing divisions are
Chevrolet and CMC.
For year ended 10/31/72.
Truck producing subsidiary is
Dodge Trucks, Inc.

Truck producing subsidiary is Mack.
Including Brockway, a Division of Mack,
had consolidated sales of $713 million
and net income of $35 million.
Truck producing divisions are Auto-
car, White, Freightliner and Western
Star. Total truck sales of these
groups were $611 million with
earnings of $27 million in 1972.
Truck producing subsidiaries are
Kenworth and Peterbilt. On and off-
highway trucks produced by Peterbilt,
Kenworth and Dart represents about
75% of sales.

Sales include trucks, special truck
equipment, and truck modifications.
Sales primarily trucks, year end
9/30/72. FWD is a subsidiary of
Ocwen Corporation, and investment
company.
Sales primarily trucks.
Source-'   (Reference 1)

-------
                                                   TABLE 3-9
                     SUPPLIERS OF DIESEL ENGINES USED BY TRUCK MANUFACTURERS, 1972
      Truck
   Manufacturers
Chairs   Caterpillar  Cummins  g*™*  CMC  IHC  Mack  Perkins   cax
                                                                Total
I
M
>g
    Chevrolet
    Diamond Reo
    Dodge
    FWD
    Ford
    CMC
    IHC
    Mack
    White
    Others
   22
   44
               308    3,388  135    	  	
    129       2,038    1,040  	    	  	
             1,046      434  	    	  	     278
     1         165      448  	    	  	
 9,336       4,759    7,739  	    	  	
             1,255   14,599  609    	  	
   747      11,830   14,475  	  2,742  	     628
   331       2,612    1,584  	    	21,121   	     661
   779      15,513    5,501  	'    	  	
 3,736       8,983    3,999  	    	  	
                                                     3,831
                                                     3,207
                                                     1,758
                                                       614
                                                    21,834
                                                    16,463
                                                    30,476
                                                    26,331
                                                    21,857
                                                    16,718
  Totals
   66
15,079
48,509   53,207  744  2,742 21,121   960
                                                                                            661
143,089
Source:   (Reference 1)

-------
                                   TABLE  3-10
                     DISTRIBUTION OF TRUCKS BY MAJOR USERS,
Major User of Trucks
Agriculture
Wholesale and Retail Trade
Construction
For-Hire
Services
Personal Transportation
Manufacturing
Utilities
Forestry and Lumbering
Mining
All Other
Medium Duty
32. 5%
19.8
11.1
6.3
9.5
9.0
3.6
3.4
1.7
.6
3.0
Heavy Duty
10.3%
18.3
19.1
30.6
2.5
1.0
8.5
1.9
3.6
1.9
2.3
Total
26.3%
19.4
13.4
13.4
7.5
6.7
5.0
2.9
2.3
1.0
2.1
Source:  Developed from Truck Inventory and Use Survey,  1972 Census of
        Transportation.
                                   3-18

-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 3

1.  A. T.  Kearney & Company, A.  T. Kearney Draft Report to U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency,  April 1074.


2.  Bolt,  Beranek and Newman,  Inc.,  BEN Report No. 2710, "The
     Technology  and Cost  of Quieting  Medium  and Heavy Trucks, "
     January 1974.
                                 3-19

-------
                     SECTION FOUR



                  INFORMATION BASE



SOURCES USED FOR DEVELOPING INFORMATION



    The information presented in this document was developed frorr.



(1)  studies performed by staff personnel  of the Standards and Regu-



lations Division, Office of Noise Abatement and Control (ONAC) , U.  S.



Environmental Protection Agency; (2) studies performed under con-



tract to ONAC;  (3) submissions  by other  Federal  agencies; (4) sub-



missions by the private sector; and (5) the open literature.



    The studies dealing with  considerations of  public health and wel-



fare were prepared by ONAC personnel. The data used are based large-



ly on previous EPA reports (References 1,  2, 3, 4 and 5)  and resulted



from  intensive analysis of  existing information, such as the proceed-



ings of  an international conference on noise as a public health problem



(Reference  6).   The methodology developed assesses the  statistical



effects of various possible regulatory standards on the noise reduction



achievable and the change in the  equivalent number of people impacted



by vehicle noise in urban areas of the United States.  Numerous truck-



community scenarios (see  section  6 of this document) were also  de-



veloped to evaluate  the situational impact  of truck  noise on people



in particular work and home situations.



    Studies of  noise control technology,  the cost of compliance with



such technology, if and when applied, and the economic impact on the



truck manufacturers  and associated truck component industries were



largely the result of data acquired by firms  under contract to EPA.



The technology to reduce truck noise from current levels is presented





                            4-1

-------
 in reports  prepared  by Bolt Boranek and Newman, Inc.  (Rot'cronce



 7) and by Wyle Laboratories (Reference 8).  These reports also pro-



 vide their estimates of the costs associated witli the technology appli-



 cations they cite. An economic impact analysis is discussed in a report



 prepared by A.  T.  Kearney  (Reference 9). This report  uses cost



 data as an impact for projections on such quantities as changes in truck



 sales and truck operating costs.



     The National  Bureau of Standards,  working under an  Interagency



 Agreement with EPA, provided assistance in the review  (Reference 10)



 of truck noise test  procedures. Statistical use  was made of the  truck



 resource information provided  by  the  Bureau of the Census of  the



 Department of Commerce (Reference 11). The Department of Transpor-



 tation  provided  reports  resulting  from  the Quiet Truck  Program



 (Reference 12).



     Information was also provided by  the public sector in response



 to the Advance Notice  of Proposed  Rule  Making  (ANPRM)  for  new



 medium and heavy duty trucks published in the  FEDERAL REGISTER



 on February  27, 1974  (39 FR 7955).  The responses (Reference  13)



 received from industry, State and local governments, and other inter-



 ested parties, are recorded  in  EPA  Docket No.  ONAC 74-2, which is



 available for inspection at the U. S. EPA Headquarters, 401 M Street,



 S. W.,  Washington,  D. C. 20460.




    Additional sources  of pertinent information, particularly published



articles from journals and the like, are also included in the references



shown at the end of each section of this document.
                           4-2

-------
BASELINE NEW TRUCK NOISE LEVELS



    The baseline noise levels,  for  considering alternative regulatory



options  in the development of the new truck noise regulation, are those



noise levels generated by current production trucks.  This section dis-



cusses these  baseline noise  levels for different truck categories as



well as the test procedure used to determine the noise levels indicated.



TEST PROCEDURE USED



    The most widely used test in the United States for measuring noise



levels for trucks with  a GVWR in excess  of 10,000  pounds is that



established by the Society of Automotive  Engineers (SAE) for determ-



ining the  "Exterior Sound Level for Heavy Trucks and Buses" and is



commonly referred to as the SAE  J366 test. In April 1973 the test



was revised, making it an  SAE Standard (J366b) rather than an SAE



Recommended Practice.  The majority  of the truck noise level data



in this  document  was  measured  using the  SAE J366a recommended



practice test procedure. No significant  changes in the test procedure



were made in this SAE J366b revision. Accordingly, the previous new



truck noise level data based on J366a are used herein as the base-



line noise levels  for current production trucks.  A brief  description



of the SAE J366b test procedure  follows, with a detailed  description



of the test is included in Section 9.



    The test site for performing the  SAE J366b exterior  truck noise



level cest is illustrated in  Figure 4-1.  A microphone is located 50



feet from the truck path. The truck approaches the acceleration point



with the engine  operating at  about  two thirds of  maximum rated or



governed  engine speed.   At the acceleration point, the  accelerator



                                 4-3

-------
is fully depressed and the truck accelerates,  reaching  the  maximum

rated or governed  RPM within the end zone of the acceleration lane.

Several  runs are  performed  in different directions  and the  average

A-weighted sound level  of the  two  highest  readings within  2  dB of

each  other  corresponding  to  the noisiest  side  of  the  vehicle  are
                                  End Zone in Which
                                  To Reach Max.
                                  Rated RPM
        Figure 4-1 Test Site for SAE J366b.


reported.   During the test,  the truck never exceeds 35 mph.  Since

tires are relatively quiet at low speed, the J366 test results are pri-

marily an indicator of propulsion noise, including noise from the cooling

fan,  air intake,  engine,  exhaust, transmission,  and rear axle.

    A histogram of the noise levels of new diesel trucks,  measured

                             4-4

-------
*^r *r
8O
OF TRUCKS
•

~
_

- rr1"
i
.7 dB(A)
2.24 dB(A)







i
•1
rf
1
I I




i




1


.
3
.1
|f
5
t
/
*
I
i


1 	 1
i . '—^n
         78      80       82       84      36      88      90
                                    SOUND LIVEL  ( dB (A)
92
Figure 4-2 Histogram of New Diesel Truck Noist>. Levels.

Source:   BBN Report No. 2''10,  January 1974.

-------
according  to  the  SAE J366 test procedure, is shown in Figure 4-2.
For the total  of 384  diesel trucks  measured,  the  mean noise level
was 84.7 dB(A) with a standard deviation of 2.24dB(A). The  trucks
measured included trucks  from the  eight truck manufacturers which
produced approximately 85% of the new  diesel trucks  sold  in 1971.
Not included in this total are experimental trucks such as those  devel-
oped under the Quiet Truck Program of the Department of Transporta-
tion or  those trucks developed by various  truck manufacturers without
government sponsorship.
    Data on the noise  levels of new trucks with gasoline engines are
presented in the histogram shown in Figure 4-3.  For  the total of
18 trucks measured, the mean level was 83.5 dB(A) with a standard
deviation of 2.35 dB(A). The difference between the  mean noise level
of gasoline  and diesel powered new trucks is 1. 2 dB(A).
   10
        Total Trucks-. 18
         Mean Level: 83.5 dB (A)
         Std. Deviation: 2.35 dB(A)
                      n
j
     TO'7580         65         ?0
                  ^;.-   SOUND  LEVEL (dB (A))
    Figure 4-3  Noise Level Histograms of Gasoline-Powered Trucks.
    Source: BBN Report No. 2710, January 1974.
                           4-6

-------
    A cumulative distribution of the new diesel truck noise  levels is



shown in Figure  4-4.  Approximately 1% of newly manufactured 1973



trucks produce 80 dB(A) or  less,  30% produce under 83 dB(A),  and



86%produce less than 86 dB(A).   Nevertheless, several new  trucks



did produce noise levels in  excess of 90 dB(A).



    Histograms of the noise levels measured for new gasoline-powered



medium and heavy duty trucks are shown in Figure 4-5.   The mean



noise level for medium duty  trucks  appears to be less than. 2 dB(A)



lower than the mean noise  level for heavy duty, gasoline powered new



trucks.
                              4-7

-------
   99.9


   99.5

 -I   ••
 %   98
 _l
 o   «»

 O   90
 3
  '
u
     70
    50
 to
 o
 ce

 fe   »
                                               I
            80
84           88           92
    SOUND  LEVEL (dB(A))
Figure 4-4  Cumulative distribution of  New Diesel Truck Noise Levels.

Source:   BBN Report No, 2710, January 1974,
                              4-8

-------
   10
         MEDIUM  DUTY
        Total Trucks:  H
         Mean Level: 62.9 dO (A)
         Std. Deviation: 2LG3 dB (A)
                                                  I
     70         75         80         85          90
                      SOUND LEVEL (dB(A))
   10
         HEAVY  DUTY
        Total Trucks; 7
         Moon Level-. 84.7 dB (A)
         Std. Deviation: 1.33 dB. (A)
a
I
z
                                                  I
     70         75         80         09          90
                       SOUND LEVEL (dB(A))
Figure 4-5  Noise Level Histograms of Gasoline-Powered Medium and
           Heavy Duty New Trucks.

Source:  BBN Report No. 2710, January 1974
                          4.9

-------
       The preceding paragraphs discuss noise levels produced by new
 trucks when operating under low speed,  high  acceleration conditions.
 In the following paragraphs the noise generated by trucks travelling at
 relatively high speed is examined.   This information was extracted
 from a draft of the "Background Document for  Interstate Motor Carrier
 Noise Emission Regulations. "  It  constitutes  the basis for regulatory
 level of  90  dB(A) which has been  proposed for interstate motor car-
 riers.
       In the surveys presented in  this section, an effort was made to
 maintain standard conditions at almost all sites. Suitable instrumen-
 tation was used; sound level meters met the requirements of ANSI SI. 4-
 1971,  American National Standard Specification for Sound Level Meters.
 Microphone calibration was performed by  an appropriate procedure and
 at prescribed intervals.  An anemometer was used to  determine wind
 velocity, and microphones were equipped with suitable wind screens.

       Restrictions were made to prevent measurements during unfa-
 vorable weather conditions (e.g., wind and precipitation).  The stand-
 ard site  for passby measurements was an open space free of  sound
 reflecting objects such as barriers, walls,  hills, parked vehicles, and
 signs.  The  nearest  reflector  to the microphone or vehicle was more
than 80 feet  away.    The road surface was  paved,  and  the ground
between  the  roadside  and the microphone was  covered by short grass
in most cases.

                                  4-10

-------
      T he standard  site for the stationary runup test included apace
requirements that were the same as for pass-by measurements,  and
the surface  between the microphone and vehiclewas paved.  Micro-
phones for stationary and pass-by measurements were located 50  feet
from  the centerline of the vehicle  or lane of travel,  4  feet off  the
ground, and oriented as per manufacturer's instructions.  Variations
from the standard measurement sites and microphone locations wor^
allowed if the measurements were  suitably  adjusted to be equivalent
to measurements made via the standard methods.  Exact procedures
for the tests are included in the appendix.
      Truck noise surveys have been conducted  in California in 1965
and 1971,  intheState of Washington in 1972, andinNew Jersey in 1972.
In 1973, EPA  contractors conducted additional truck noise surveys of
6, 875 trucks operating at  speeds over 35 mph in the states of Califor-
nia, Colorado,  Florida,   Maryland, Missouri,  Texas,  and  Virginia.
                             4-11

-------
     In almost  all  cases,  measurements were  made at  a  distance of 50
 ft from the center of the first (outer) lane of travel, using A-weighting and
 fast response of the sound level meter.  In the 1973 surveys, the type of
 truck and number of axles were recorded in order to permit detailed anal-
 yses of the noise level distributions for various types of trucks.
     In addition, a study of noise levels of 60 trucks produced during a sta-
 tionary run-up test was carried out by EPA in Virginia in  February  1974.
 Figure 4. 6 shows cumulative probability distributions for the  peak passby
 noise levels measured at 50 ft under high-speed freeway conditions in the
 surveys conducted  prior to  1973.   The  data shown are for heavy trucks;
 5, 838 diesel trucks  in California in 1965, 172 combination trucks in Cal-
 ifornia  in  1971,  531 trucks with 3 or more axles in Washington in 1972,
 and  1,000  trucks with 3  or more axles in New Jersey in  1972.  The data
 are  in close agreement:  typically,  50%  of the  trucks  were  observed to
 exceed 87 to 88 dB(A) and 20% were observed to exceed 90 dB(A).
    Figure 4. 7 shows that under high-speed freeway conditions, buses are
 about 2 dB quieter than heavy trucks.  Approximately 50% exceed 85 dB(A)
 and  6% exceed  90 dB(A). These data were obtained in New Jersey in 1973.
    Table 4.1 shows the mean noise levels  and  percentages of all trucks
 with six or more wheels that were observed to exceed 90. 0 dB(A) under
 high-speed freeway conditions in ten states.  These data were obtained in
 1973, except for the Washington state data,  which were obtained in  1972
 The  arithmetic mean of the  percentage of  trucks exceeding  90 dB(A) is
 23.1%.  When the data is weighted by the sample size obtained in each state
this  percentage drops to 22. 6%. When the data are weighted by  the number
of registered trucks above  10, 000 Ib GVWR/GCWR, the percentage drops
to 21.0%.
                             4-12

-------
99.0
WR
99.5
99
98
95
90
80
70
1 60
5 50
.E 40
C
1 30
"8 '
•5 20
#
10
5
2
1.0
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.05
0.01




*^»_ ^L.
X




















^
\x
•\














S
\ V

Data
OCa
nCa
AWl/-
— • O Mr




Ni\^\
°V\



^V^S




Source ,
lifornia 11971) 172 Combination Vehicle
lifornia (1965) 5.838 Diesel Trucks
shington M972) 531 Trucks,
3 or More Axles
w Jersey (1972) 1000 Trucks
3 or More Axles





a
2v\
m
i
i






*




'i
'

i
r
1
i













V^A
\l\kn







i


••

.





^»A\lS
AV^5v


^



.
V
\












•



*A
•v *•*
V v

J ... ._













•

^A 	

i



\




















SA
X*



 80      82      8«      f$      %n>      ?P       9;?       94
                           ' -sfircerr.eiu Limii. db(A.) at 50 Ft
Figure 4.6  Enforcement :'JmJ-'., dB(A) At 50 Ft
                             96
98
100
4.1?.

-------
»».u
99.8
99.5
o 99
2 98
I 95
i eo
i
5 80
5
i 7°
* 60
0
5 50
C 40
jj 30
I 20
t»
s
s: 5
2
1.0
0.5
0.2
A i
~" \
\
V
— \
\

•

'' <
"X
—
i
I
\
\ N
%
\
,

"'^<-v

1
1
I '
«-»AII Trucks (N = 1394)
»°-AII Buses (N - 93)

\
-\
^S \
\
\


I



\
k\
\ \
A
\
-
1
	 1 	





\
\
1
1 '""
—
—
•
—
—
—
—
—
^V ""
76 80 84 88 92 96 too
                        Peak Passby Noise Level, dB(A) at 50 ft
Figure 4.7 Cumulative Distribution Of Peak Passby Noise Levels For All
           Trucks And All Buses At Speeds Over 35 MPH
                                   4-14

-------
                      Table 4-1  ,





   ALL TRUCKS ABOVE 10,000 LBS GVWR OR GCWR
State
•MMMMMB
CA
CO
IL
KY
MD
NJ
NY
PA
TX
WA
Source
W.L.
BBN
BBN
BBN
Md.DOT
BBN
BBN
W.L.
BBN
WA-72
Mean Noise
Level
85.4dB(A) (a)
84.6
89.1
88.8
88.1
87.2
88.8
8C. 2 (a)
83.7
86.6 (a)
Mean Speed
.
51. 7mph
57.2
61.3
-
56.5
60.0
-
56.1
-
% Above
90. 0 dB(A)
5.0%
10.0
42.0
40.0
30.0
20.0
43.0
13.0
12.5
16.0
mean percentage exceeding 90 dEKA) = 23.1%.
(a) median
                        4-15

-------
    Table 4-3  shows  the same results  by type of truck for  the nine

 states in which data were obtained in 1973.  The mean percentages of

 trucks exceeding  90.0 dB(A) ranges  from  1.9% of 2-axle trucks to

 36. 1%  of 5-axle trucks.

    A crucial distinction must now  be made.  The fact that  approx-

 imately  23%  of all trucks  observed in these  surveys exceeded 90. 0

 dB(A) does  not mean that  23% of all registered trucks above 10,000

 Ib GVWR/GCWR will exceed this level.  This is because larger trucks

 operate many more miles per vehicle per year  than smaller trucks do

 and accordingly show up more frequently in surveys  than their actual

 numbers would indicate.  For example, 2-axle trucks average 10, 600

 vehicle  miles per year, while 5-axle trucks average  63,000 vehicle

 miles per year (60).

    Using data from the 1972 Census of Transportation - Truck Inven-

 tory and Use  Survey,   the  following breakdown was  obtained for the

 population of registered trucks above 10, 000 Ib GVWR/GCWR.

                         TABLE 4-2

    2-axle straight truck                       71.7%
    3-axle straight truck                       10. 6%
    3-axle combination truck                    2.4%
    4-axle combination truck                    5.3%
    5-axle combination truck                    8.1%
    Not reported or other                        1.9%
                                             100. 0%

    Table 4-4  shows  that when the percentages shown in Table 4-2

are multiplied by the mean percentages of each type  exceeding 90. 0

dB(A) from Table 4-3,  a total of about 7% of all registered trucks above

10, 000 Ib GVWR/GCWR exceed 90. 0  dB(A) at freeway speeds.

                              4-16

-------
                        Table 4-3
  2 AXLE STRAIGHT TRUCK ABOVE 10,000 LBS GVWR
State
CA
CO
IL
KY
MD
NJ
NY
PA
TX
Source
W.L.
BBN
BBN
BBN
Md. DOT
BBN
BBN
W.L.
BBN
Moan Noise
Level
81.0dB(A) (a)
80.4
83.1
82.9
83.9
82.3
85.1
81. 2 (a)
78.6
Mean Speed
-
50. 9mph
'55.7
57.7
-
55.7
59.4
-
54.6
% Above
90.0 cin(A)
1.2%
1.9
1.0
1.0
3.5
0.6
6.0
0.9
0.6
mean percentage exceeding given
noise level:
1.9%
              3 AXLE STRAIGHT TRUCK
CA
CO
IL
KY
MD
NJ
NY
PA
TX
W.L.
BBN
BBN
BBN
Md.DOT
BBN
W.L.
W.L.
BBN
85. 2 (a) (b)
84.1
85.8
87.7
87.5
84.7
88. 0 (a) (b)
84. 5 (a) (b)
84.8
-
47.7
54.5
59.9

57.4
-
-
50.6
8,0
1.2
9.0
*
. *
*
26.0
2.0
*
mean percentage exceeding given
noise level:
9.3%
(a)  median
Co)  all 3 axle trucks
 *  insufficient data
                           4-17

-------
                    Table  4-3 (lontinueu;

           3 AXLE COMBINATION TRUCK
State
CA
CO
IL
KY
MD
NJ
NY
PA
TX
mean
noise

CA
CO
IL
KY
MD
NJ
NY
PA
TX
Source
W.L.
BBN
BBN
BBN
Md.DOT
BBN
W.L.
W.L.
BBN
Mean Noise
Level
85. 2 (a) (b)
83.8
86.0
87.8
86.6
85.7
88. 0 (a) (b)
84. 5 (a) (b)
83.0
Mean Speed
-
51.9
55.7
59.0
-
57.2
mm
-
56.5
percentage exceeding given
level:
4 AXLE
W.L.
BBN
BBN
BBN
Md.DOT
BBN
BBN
W.L.
BBN
COMBINATION
84.2 (a)
84.8
87.1
88.0
87.9
86.7
88.8
85. 7 (a)
83.9
TRUCK
- •
49.0
55.4
61.0
-
57.7
58.8
-
56.4
                                                 % Above
                                                90. 0 dB(A|
                                                  8.0%
                                                   *
                                                 17.0
                                                  1.0
                                                 26.0
                                                  2.0
                                                 10.8%
                                                   3.0
                                                   9.0
                                                 22.0
                                                 24.0
                                                 26.0
                                                 11.0
                                                 26.0
                                                   9.0
                                                   4.5
mean percentage exceeding given
noise level:                                       15. o%

(a)  median
(b)  all 3 axle trucks
 *   insufficient data
                            4-18

-------
                  Table 4-3 (Continued)


         5 AXLE COMBINATION TRUCK
State
CA
CO
IL
KY
MD
NJ
NY
PA
TX
Source
W.L.
BBN
BBN
BBN
Md. DOT
BBN
BBN
W.L.
BBN
Mean Noise
Level
85. 9 (a)
87.0
90.2
90. G
89.7
88.3
91.2
87. 6 (a)
87.5
Mean Speed
53.7
57.7
62.6
• _
58.7
61.6
-
57.9
% Above
90.0 clB(A)
7.0%
18.0
51.0
56.0
42.0
32.0
74.0
22.0
23.0
mean percentage exceeding given
noise level:                                     36.1%
(a)  median
                           4-19

-------
                           Tablc4-4

    TRUCKS EXCEEDING 90.0 dBA AT SPEEDS OVER 35 MPH
% of all
trucks above
lO.OOOlbs (a)
71.7%
10.6
2.4
5.3
8.1
1.9
100. 7%
% of type
exceeding
90. 0 dB(A)
1.9%
9.3
10.8
15.0
36.1
38.1 (c)
% of all trucks
above lO.QOOlbs
jffected (a)
1.4%
1.0
0.3
0.8
2.9
0.7
7.1%
2 axle straight truck
3 axle straight truck
3 axle combination

4 axle combination

5 axle combination

All other (1>)
(a)    Estimates are for all trucks over 10,000 pounds GVWR or GCWR,
      including trucks not involved in interstate commerce.

(b)    "All other" includes  straight truck with trailer, combinations with
      6 or more axles, and combinations not specified in the 1972 Census
      of Transportation survey.

(c)    No data available.  Percentage exceeding noise level is assumed to
      be the same as for 5 axle combinations.
                              4-20

-------
   It is useful  to note  that truck noise which  is  predominantly tire


noise may be estimated by the empirical formula given on Page 5-15.


In particular the effect of a velocity change from speed V±  mph to v2


mph corresponds to a decrease in noise level (C ) of 40 ,      (vi / vo^
                                            •Iogio1/

dB(A).  When (v )is 65 mph and (v2) is  50 mph the noise level reduction


is 4. 6 dB(A).  Thus trucks travelling at 65 mph and  which generate a


noise level  of  90 dB(A) would produce 85.4 (approximately 86  dB(A)


at 50 mph.   This is of significance in comparing noise levels measured


in the high speed test described in this document.
                           4-21

-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 4

1.  Noise Control Act  of 1972,  Public Law 92-574, 92 Congress,
    H. R. 11021, October 1972.

2.  "Report to the President and Congress on Noise, " EPA Report
    NRC 500.1,  December 1971.

3.  "Public  Health and Welfare  Criteria  for  Noise, "  EPA Revert
    550/9-73-002, July 1973.

4.  "Impact  Characterization  of  Noise  Including  Implication a  r.f
    Identifying and Achieving Levels of Cumulative Noise Exposure, "
    EPA Report NTID 73.4, July 1973.

5.  "Information  on Levels of Environmental Noise  Requisite to
    Protect Public Health  and  Welfare with an Adequate Margin of
    Safety, " EPA Report 550/9-74-004, March 1974.

6.  "Proceedings of  the International Conference on  Noise as  a
    Public Health Problem, " EPA Report 550/9-73-008, May 1973.

7.  "The Technology  and Cost of Quieting Medium and Heavy Trucks,
    BBN Report No.  2710,  January  1974.

8.  "Cost Effectiveness Study  of Major Sourcon of  NolHe;   Voi I  -
    Medium and Heavy  Trucks,"  Wyle Laboratories Report No.  Wi{
    73-10, October 1972.

9.  "A Study to  Determine the Economic  Impact of  Noise Emissf.cn
    Standards in the Medium and Heavy Duty Truck Industry,!! A, T
    Kearney Report (Draft), April 1974.

10.  Methodology and Supporting Documentation for the Measurenvur.t
    of Noise from Medium  and Heavy Trucks; NBSIR 74-517,  Nation-
    al Bureau  of Standards,  Washington,  D.  C., June 1974, W. A,
    Leasure and T. L. Quindry.

11.  "1972 Truck  Inventory and Use Survey"  (Magnetic Tape), U.S.
    Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, 1972.

12.  "Quiet Truck Program,"  U.S.  Department of  Transportation,
    1972.
13.  Response to Advanced Notice of Proposed Rule Making:  Noise
    Emission Standards for New Products - New Medium and Heavy
    Duty Trucks, EPA Docket No. ONAC 74-2, April 1974.
                              4-22

-------
                          SECTION 5



                NOISE ABATEMENT TECHNOLOGY



COMPONENT NOISE CONTROL



     Of the truck  components  that  contribute  to  total truck  noise



levels,  the most  significant are the engine,  fan,  intake, exhaust,



and tires.   The relative importance of each  of these sources varies



according  to  the  type of  truck operation.   This section describes



noise abatement techniques for reducing the component source levels.



Engine



     Internal combustion engines convert the  chemical energy of fuel



to mechanical energy  through the controlled  combustion of fuels in a



combustion of fuels in a cylinder.  The motion of engine components



and the sudden increase in cylinder pressure occurring during com-



bustion excites the engine structure, causing vibration of the external



surfaces and attendant sound radiation.  The magnitude of the radiated



noise depends primarily on engine type and design,  not on engine size



or power.



     Gasoline-fueled  engines  tend to  be quieter than  diesel-fueled



engines.   The reason for this is that in present  production  diesel



engines  the combustion forces are greater, especially  in  the mid



to high frequencies where resonant structural modes are present  in



the engine.



      Figure 5-1 shows engine noise source levels at 50 feet as a func-



tion of engine horsepower. Figure 5-1 is a histogram of these source



levels.  The three gasoline-fueled engines are in  the 75 to 77 dB(A)





                                 5-1

-------
N>
           90
        LJ
        >
        Ld
LL)
o
       O
       w

       UJ
       z

       o
       z
       LJ
           80
           70
             1OO
                            200                    300

                             ENGINE FLYWHEEL HORSEPOWER

>

© GASOLINE "ENGINE
O DIESEL ENGINF








O



1 1
vsrAueo *K



o
o c


o



^

o
8
o


0
o Q




s


o
o
o o

0 °
> o o

t



0
o <1




•O C
>
o 1
o <


0
c
o





i
0







o

	




                                                                                 400
                                                                                                   05
                                                                                                   00

                                                                                                   O1
                                                                                                       TO
                                                                                                       (D
                                                                                                       §
                                                                                                       a
                                                                                                   >  s*
                                                                                                   C  (D
                                                                                                       (D
                                                                                                       OJ
                                                                                            3   2.
                                                                                            C   «D
                                                                                            t   ?
                                                                                            OQ   3
                                                                                            :   t
                                                                                                   OJ
                                                                                                ft
                                                                                                m
                                                                                                       i
                                                                                            <°     O
                                                                                                   r  B
       Figure 5-1 /  Engine Noise as a Function of Horsepower.

-------


CASOLINE ENGINE
7» ,0 	


 vt
 w
 2

 5
 5  5-
 u.
 O
            SOUND  LEVEL,  dB(A)



         DIESEL ENGINE

J 	
-^
           SOUND
                                "*
                          dB(A)
Figure 5-2  Histograms of Heavy



            Truck Engine Structure


            Noise (Engine in Truck)
                         5-3

-------
      Possible noise control treatments  include modifications  to the
 engine itself  and modifications  to  control the path by which  engine
 structural noise is radiated  to  the exterior.   The choice of method
 will depend  on the degree of noise  reduction required,  cost, lead
 time, and any associated penalties in performance.
      Reduction of combustion-related noise would be particularly de-
 sirable for diesel engines.  However, reducing this noise by  reducing
 combustion power would also entail a reduction in engine output power.
 An alternative approach  is to smooth out the rapid rise in pressure
 (Reference 1). One method of doing this is to  control the fuel delivery
 rate, but with present production tolerances in the injection system
 this would be difficult.   Another method is to use  a turbocharger on
 4-stroke cycle engines. Turbocharging increases peak cylinder pres-
 sures while decreasing the rate of pressure rise.  Still another tech-
 nique is  to redesign the combustion chamber and injector  spray pat-
 tern (Reference 2).  At present,  all these solutions are being  tested
 by the major engine manufacturers.  One major manufacturer  is phas-
 ing all naturally aspirated engines  out of production and replacing
 them with turbo charged models.
      Control  of machinery-related  forces (e.g.,  oscillating pistons
 slapping the cylinder walls;  see Reference 3) in present  engines is
 aimed primarily  at changing  or reducing the structural response of
the engine. Investigators are experimenting with better ways to sup-
port the piston in the cylinder and are trying to obtain better balance
and closer tolerances in production engines. This technique,  in com-

                            5-4

-------
lunation with turbocharging,  was usod by one manufacturer to reduce



the overall noise of a diesel-powered truck to 75 dB(A).



     Several engine manufacturers are presently marketing quieting



packages that attenuate engine structural noise by altering its trans-



mission path. Depending on the particular quieting package and truck



configuration, engine noise reduction ranges from 0 to 4 dB(A), with



most packages providing about 2 to 3 dB(A) reduction.  The packages



generally consist of covers  for  the sides of the engine block and oil



pan, vibration isolation of the  valve  covers  or air intake manifolds



and crossovers and, possibly, damping treatment on  sheet metal cov-



ers (Reference  4).   Thien  (Reference 5) reports  that close-fitting



covers which extend  over  the entire  engine structure provide about



15 to 20 dB(A)reduction in engine noise.  Discussions with one major



engine manufacturer  indicated that such packages  could  reduce the



overall truck noise by  10  to  15 dB(A).   However,  the engine manu-



facturers also indicated that these packages  are not  presently ac-



ceptable  for production utilization because problems with  cooling and



service access have not yet been resolved.



     To obtain the lowest possible overall truck noise level,  most



engine manufacturers appear to prefer an enclosure  built  into the



truck cab rather than fitted  onto the engine.  Three truck manufac-



turers (International Harvester, White,  Freightliner)  under contract



to the U.S.  Department of Transportation (DOT)  have investigated



enclosure   designs  for cab-over engine  trucks.   The  enclosures



involved  a tunnel configuration  with the cooling fan at the enclosure



                                 5-5

-------
 entrance.   Air flows through the enclosure and around the engine via
 acoustically lined ducts.   All three manufacturers have built proto-
 type vehicles generating less that 80 dB(A).   The Freightliner truck
 has an overall noise level of 72 dB(A) (Reference  6). This truck uses
 a large frontal area radiator to reduce cooling fan requirements; the
 large engine tunnel formed by the underside of the cab gives the cool-
 ing air  room to flow past the engine.   Thus, full or partial engine
 enclosures  built into the cab structure  ar'e technologically feasible.
 These enclosures   will be necessary  to reduce the overall noise of
 trucks equipped with standard diesel engines to low levels (75 dB(A)
 and bolow).   Some current  production trucks without enclosures oan
 be quieted to 80 dB(A).   This reduction, however, is dependent upon
 engine type.
 Fan
      Truck cooling fans have been designed with primary emphasis
 on purchase price  rather than  on aerodynamic efficiency  or noise
 abatement. Accordingly, most fans are made of stamped sheet metal
 blades riveted to a hub that is turned by means of a belt and pulley
 arrangement connected to the engine.    The fans tend to be small
 and operate  at high speeds, which leads to high noise  levels, since
 fan noise  generation  is  proportional  to fan  speed.  The fan cross
 section is not aerodynamically shaped,  and the blade pitch angle does
not vary with radius as it should if it is  to properly develop uniform
flow through all  portions  of the radiator.   In order  to  minimize
tractor  length,  it  appears  that manufacturers tend to  squeeze the
                              5-6

-------
fan between  the  engine  and radiator.   Under favorable  conditions,



the f&n  would  move air  axially; in the  usually  cramped engine



compartment, the  flow  is  mostly radial, with a nonuniform velocity
     Noise data for various truck fans are shown in Figures 5-3 and



5-4  as a  function of engine flywheel horsepower.   The brackets <."i



the :"ive points in the 300 to 400 hp region  designate limits of unce"--



taint" resulting  from 0.6 dB(A) levels of xmcertainty in the measure-



ments  used to estimate the fan noise  levels.  Fan noise on gasoline-



powered trucks tends  to  be  higher  than on diesel-powered  trucks



because the greater heat rejection of  gasoline engines requires rr-.o/. •=



cooling air flow. Neither cab  type aor engine power appear to have a



significant effect of diesel-powered truck fan noise.



     The  control of fan noise must be  viewed in terms  of total eooli .-.g"



system design.   Some noise reduction can be achieved by modifying



the radiator,  the  shutters, the fan sbroud,  and, of course,  i:bc f.i



itself.   Data  presently available to ONAC are inadquate to quantify



the exact relations between radiator  size,  heat transfer coefficient.,



and fan noise.



     Radiator design is closely related to fan performance and nois«.,



Radiators designed with low airflow  requirements allow the use ot



slower turning and, thus, quieter fans. The amount of noise reduction



achievable through modifications to the radiator depends on the initial



design, but even well-designed cooling systems can often be quieted



by 2 to 3 dB(A) through modifications  to radiator design (Reference 7/,



                                5-7

-------
Ul
I
00
                80
                75
7O
                65

o











O <
O

•

i


I Range of Confidence for
±0.5 
•
<
0









i-.
<




.
_
r c
t
<



i




)

•

Y

OT
v without Enclosure



^ with Enclosure




u QT with







-






Partial Enck
jsure


e
.


—







                            zoo
                                 300                   400

                              NET FLYWHEEL  HORSEPOWER
500
              Figure 5-3  Diesel Truck Fan Noise Levels as a Function of Engine Horsepower.

-------
rtj °»
5
_r
UJ
bJ
O
z
o
(O
75
70
|

O

>
o


»




               200                     300
      NET  FLYWHEEL  HORSEPOWER
Figure  5-4  Gasoline-Fueled Truck Faa tfoise Jewels c.s a
           Function of Engine Horsepower.
                 5-9

-------
      Thermostatically  controlled shutters are used  on many trucks



 to regulate  air flow through  the radiator.  The primary purpose of



 the shutters is to prevent  cold  water from overcooling the engine on



 very cold days.  Shutters significantly influence fan noise. When the



 shutters are closed and  air  flow to the fan is substantially reduced,



 the fan  blades stall  and generate more noise.



     Shrader (Reference 7)  reports  a 5 dB(A) increase in fan noise



 as a result of closed shutters.  One manufacturer reported approxi-



 mately a 2  to 3 dB(A)  increase in  total truck noise for his engine



 line of models when shutters were  closed.   Several manufacturers



 feel that shutters could be replaced by thermostats and bypass tubing.



     The fan shroud, which ducts air from the radiator to the fan, is



 important in maximizing fan effectiveness and preventing recircula-



 tion of hot air back through the  radiator. Shrouds that do not  channel



 this air  smoothly into the  fan can lead to stalled blade tips  with  an



 attendant increase in noise. Shrader (Reference 7) claims that im-



 proved shroud designs  can  produce  a 3 to 5 dB(A) reduction in fan



 noise levels.



      The fan itself  can often be  changed  to  reduce noise.  One



 of  the   most  effective  changes is  to  increase fan diameter and



 decrease fan speed. A 2- to 3-inch increase in fan diameter typically



 allows a 3 to 5 dB(A) reduction in noise  for a constant  volume  flow



 rate.  The extent  to which fan diameter may be increased is  limited



by the configuration of the radiator and essential structural members



of the truck.



                                 5-10

-------
     The Cab Over Engine  (COE) tractor is particularly suitable for



a large,  slow fan.  Because  of the large, blunt front  on the  COE,



 the forward motion of the truck tends to develop a high pressure



rise in  front of the radiator  that supplements the flow created by



the fan.   Using  this type of cab  and a large radiator with a frontal



area of 2, 000 square inches,  Freightliner achieved a fan noise level



of 66 dB(A)  (Reference  8).   The fan,  which is thermostatically



controlled,  operates for about only l%of the time.  For the remainder



of the time, the forward motion of the truck is able to force sufficient



cooling air  through the  radiator.



     The data in Figures  5.3 and  5.4 indicate that  most fans generate



less than 80 dB(A). Those that are noisier can be replaced by a slightly



different fan model and  fan/engine  speed ratio.   Reduction of fan



noise to 75 dB(A) may require somewhat  larger  radiator cores and



larger, slower  fans.   Levels can be reduced to 65 dB(A) with larger



radiator cores, larger and slower fans, careful design of fan shrouds,



and a  thermostatically controlled fan  clutch  that  is phased  with  a



shutter  thermostat to  prevent fan operation while the shutters are



closed.



Intake



     Air intake systems supply truck engines with the continuous flow



of clean air needed for fuel combustion.   These systems can range



in size and complexity from a simple air  filter mounted  on top of a



carbureter to an external  air filter with ducts leading to  the engine



 and a cab-mounted  snorkel unit.   Noise is generated by unsteady



                              5-11

-------
 flow of  air into engine cylinders.   Supercharged engines with Rootes

 blowers also exhibit tones associated with the blade-passage frequen-

 cy of the blowers.  Turbochargers  tend to smooth flow irregularities

 associated with cylinder charging.

      Two DOT reports  on exhaust  systems (References  8, 9) include

 studies  of air intake systems on  five diesel engines.  The sound

 levels are listed in Table  5-1.   The DOT  report  also list  the air

 intake source levels when additional air filters are installed on these

 engines.   Source levels that have been measured for air intake sys-

 tems on gasoline-fueled trucks are all less than 69 to 72 dB(A) at

 50 feet.

      Intake systems may be readily quieted by air filters. Hunt, et.

 al.  (1973) and DOT (1973) (References 8 and 9) report that the intake

 systems they examined  could in all cases be quieted to source levels

 below 75 dB(A) and in some case to below 65 dB(A).  It is expected

 that no performance change in air intake  systems will  be needed to

 achieve  overall truck levels of 83 or 80 dB(A).   To achieve overall

 truck levels of 75 dB(A), for example,  it may be necessary to add

 silencers to  some engines.

                         TABLE 5-1

                AIR INTAKE SOURCE LEVELS

                                               Air Intake Source
Engine Type                       hp            Level  at 50  Feet
	[dB(A)j

Naturally aspirated, 4-stroke       250                   82
Turbocharged, 4-stroke            350                   70
Rootes Blower, 2-stroke           238                   82
Turbocharged, 4-stroke           238                   83

                           5-12

-------
Exhaust
     Exhaust outlet  noise emanates from  the exhaust system term-
inus and is generated bythe pressure pulses of exhaust gases from the
engine.  Shell-related  exhaust noise consists of radiation From thr
external surfaces of the pipes  and mufflers of the exhaust  system.
It is generated by two mechanisms, the transmission and subsequent
radiation of  engine  vibration to the exhaust system and the trans-
mission of internal sound to the exterior of the pipe.
     Hunt et  al.  (Reference 9 & 10 -) found that the source levels of
unmuffled  outlet noise  for  diesel engines can  range  from  82 to
105 dB(A)  at 50 feet.  Exhaust shell  noise  is  low enough that very
few trucks require modifications  to this source to reach overall le-
vels  of 83  dB(A).    However,  some  modification is  required to
achieve overall levels of 80 dB(A) and lower.
     Noise control techniques for exhaust noise consist of  muffling
exhaust outlet noise, using double-wall construction on pipes and muf-
flers to reduce radiation from exhaust line elements and incorporating
vibration-isolated clamps connecting the exhaust pipe to the engine
to  reduce the engine vibration source of shell noise.
      In selecting a muffler,  the work the engine must expend on push-
ing exhaust  gases  out the  exhaust port,  with resulting degradation
of  overall engine performance, should be  considered.
      Manufacturers are able to  choose from  among a  wide variety
of  mufflers,  some of which provide low noise  levels at no more cost
or higher  back pressure than noisier mufflers.  Mufflers are avail-
able to reduce the exhaust source levels of 6 cylinder, in-line turbo-
                               5-13

-------
 charged diesel engines, naturally aspirated 4-stroke diesel engines,
 and turbocharged 4-stroke V engines to 75 dB(A) with no apparent
 cost increase.
     The unmuffled source levels of popular 2-stroke engines are at
 least 10 dB(A) higher than for  other engines.   Although apparently
 no mufflers presently manufactured  can reduce the source level of
 these engines, say, to 75 dB(A), the available technology could enable
 manufacturers to design such a muffler system, or combine present
 designs into a dual configuration.
    The anticipated method of reducing exhaust noise on 12-cylinder,
 2-stroke  diesel  engines to overall  levels of 83 or 80  dB(A) is to
 use dual or series mufflers.
     With the  addition  of turbochargers to diesel engines, which
 reduce the unmuffled  exhaust noise,  noise reductions on the order
 of 5 to 10 dB(A) have been reported. Thus,  turbocharging greatly
 increases the ease of obtaining  overall truck noise level  reductions.
 Tire Noise
     Truck tires generate noise by interacting with road surfaces.
Numerous factors affect tire noise, including pavement surface, tire
tread design,  tire load, whether the pavement is wet or dry, and
vehicle speed.   In a recent study for the Highway Research Board,
Rentz and Pope  (Reference 11)  compiled truck tire noise data from
seven sources and developed the  following regression equation for
                           5-14

-------
A-weighted tire noise levels L at 50 feet:
L - B + 40 log 1  (£Q) + 10  log 1Q (|500)  + 10  log 1Q (N)
 Here B is a constant, the value of which depends on the tread pattern
 and state  of   wear,  V  is the vehicle  velocity (in  mph), W is the
 tire load (in Ibs)  and N is the  number of axles on the truck.   When
 this equation was used to predict tire noise associated with 47 loaded
 tractor-trailer combinations,  noise  levels were found to be within
 a mean error of 1. 3 dB(A)anda standard deviation of 2. 2 dB(A) com-
 pared with measured data.
      There are at least  two techniques that  may be used to control
 tire noise:   (1) substitute quiet tires noisy ones, and (2) design quiet
 tires from  the start.   When considering substitution, based on pres-
 ently  available tires, it  would  be desirable  to  consider equipping
 trucks entirely with ribbed tires.  It should be noted,  however,  that
 cross-lug tires  are typically used on  the drive wheels of tractor-
 trailer trucks because of tractive requirements.
      The design of tires  that are significantly quieter than those how
 being manufactured requires a technology base that is not now exist-
 ent. Some efforts have  been  applied to developing new  technology;
 for example,  tire manufacturers have found that by randomizing tread
 patterns,  pure tones can be spread in the frequency spectrum with
 a concomitant reduction  in community  annoyance.  However, funda-
 mental  noise-producing  mechanisms  have  not  been  quantitatively
 assessed.
                               5-15

-------
 TOTAL TRUCK NOISE CONTROL
      The component noise control measures  described  above may
 be combined  in  a variety  of  ways to  meet  specified  limits for
 overall truck noise.  (Tire noise control is not included in this dis-
 cussion. ) In general,  the  noise control  strategy is determined by
 the source level of the noisiest and most difficult-to-control compon-
 ent, usually the engine.    Gasoline-fueled  and diesel-fueled trucks
 are discussed  separately because of the difference  in their engine
 source levels.
     The combinations of source levels suggested in this section for
 achieving specified overall truck levels are intended to be represent-
 ative of  practical examples.   In some  cases, a manufacturer may
 prefer to have one source  level higher and  another  lower  than sug-
 gested.  As a guarantee of the  component  levels, tolerances could
 be placed on each component.  For example,  to ensure an  81 dB(A)
 for the engine,  the manufacturer would  design the  engine  for a 79
 dB(A) level  with a 2 dB(A) tolerance.  Likewise, the expected toler-
 ances for the fan and the exhaust might be 2 dB(A).  These tolerances
must be subtracted from the maximum listed values.
                             5-16

-------
Diesel-Fueled Trucks

     Present production medium and heavy duty diesel trucks display

the following ranges of measured source levels (in dB(A)):

              Engine         Fan          Exhaust

               76-85        75-85           75-85

All manufacturers  are  currently able to reach an 86  dB(A) overall

level with off-the-shelf hardware.  They have apparently concentrated

on  quieting their noisiest production  trucks  first.   Thus,  trucks

having engines with source  levels of 80 to 85 dB(A) have quieter fans

and exhaust systems than trucks with quieter engines.

     Table 5-2   shows one combination of source  levels that will

yield a production  line  truck that generates an overall noise level

of less than 83 dB(A).  More than 30% of trucks presently being pro-

duced already generate noise  levels  less  than 83  dB(A). Of those

trucks not meeting this level some will require only a few modifica-

tions, while  others will  require  engine or underhood treatment.

Nevertheless, all  manufacturers could  produce trucks that would

achieve this level with all engine types,  using off-the-shelf hardware.

This may  require that such  trucks,  depending on  the  model, be

                         TABLE 5.2

        COMPONENT SOURCE LEVELS FOR AN 83 dB(A)
               OVERALL TRUCK NOISE LEVEL
Component

Engine
Fan
Exhaust
All others
Noise Level, dB(A
x.

-------
  engine noise control packages.
      The primary design problem will likely be the cooling fan> Truck
  manufacturers may purchase quieter fans from vendors, but fan noise
  is influenced by the operating environment as much as by fan design.
  However, manufacturers may elect  to use  larger,  slower fans with
  well-designed  shrouds and  replace  radiator shutters  with  a bypass
  tubing  to achieve greater noise reduction.
      Component source levels which will yield trucks whose overall
 noise level is, for example,  80 dB(A), are shown in Table 5-3.  Vir-
 tually all trucks produced today will require quieting attention to meet
 this level. Engine noise will be a prime target for quieting. The quieter
 diesel engines,  which are used  in about  23% of the  trucks  currently
 produced, will  require covers or quieting kits  to reduce their noise,
 while the noisier diesel engines, which are used in about i2% of present
 production trucks,  will require a partial engine  enclosure, entailing
 redesign of the cab,  or  redesign of the engine itself to reduce struc-
 tural and combustion  noise.  Alternatively,  truck  manufacturers may
 elect to use one of the quieter engines already available.
      To obtain an   80 dB(A) overall level,  manufacturers  will also
 have to   quiet other  components.   They  may be  able  to compensate
                           TABLE 5-3
          COMPONENT SOURCE LEVEL COMBINATIONS FOR
            AN 80 dB(A) OVERALL TRUCK NOISE LEVEL
           Component	Noise Level, dB(A)
           Engine
           Fan
           Exhaust
           All Others

for a slightly too noisy engine by lowering exhaust levels more.
                              5-18

-------
   Table  5-4 shows a  combination of component levels  that  will

produce a truck with an overall noise level of 75 dB(A).  To achieve

this level,  most trucks will  require  some  type of engine  enclosure

built into the cab. In addition,  other components will require treat-

ment with the best available technology.

                           TABLE 5-4
            COMPONENTS SOURCE LEVELS FOR A 75 dB(A)
                   OVERALL  TRUCK NOISE LEVEL

             Component	Noise Level, dB(A)

                Engine            ^ 70 ^
                Fan              =^65 \ ^. 75
                Exhaust           ^-68 /
                All Others        ^ 70 )

Gasoline-Fueled Trucks

    The source levels measured in gasoline trucks are [in dB(A)]:

                   Engine       Fan        Exhaust

                    75-77     80-85          80

    Table 5-5 lists a set  of  component source  levels that  will pro-

duce a truck with an overall noise level of 83 dB(A). Noise control

to meet this  level will consist primarily of quieting fan noise by using

a larger, slower fan and incorporating a better exhaust system.


                           TABLE 5-5
       POSSIBLE COMPONENT  SOURCE LEVEL COMBINATIONS
           FOR SPECIFIED OVERALL TRUCK NOISE LEVELS

                            83  dB(A)

            Component          Noise Level, dB(A)

            Engine
            Fan                       •£  80 V  *=. 83
            Exhaust
            All Others

                                  5-19

-------
    A Hat of component  source  levels that will  permit a truck to

meet an overall level of ttOdtt(A) IH given In Tnhlo 5.0.  Mfinurw-

turers will have no significant problems in achieving engine and  ex-

haust noise  levels.   They will have  to improve the  cooling system

by using a  larger, slower  fan,  possibly a  thermostatic control to

eliminate shutters or control their  opening,  and possibly  a larger

radiator.

                           TABLE 5-6
   POSSIBLE COMPONENT SOURCE  LEVEL COMBINATIONS FOR
          SPECIFIED OVERALL TRUCK NOISE LEVELS

                            80 dB(A)

           Component          Noise Level. dB(A)

           Engine
           Fan
           Exhaust
           All Others

   Table 5-7 lists component source levels  that will give an overall

truck noise level of 75 dB(A).  Manufacturers will probably be able

to quiet  engine noise by means of engine covers and quieting kits;

e.g., under-hood  cab treatment,  side  shields,  and recirculation

panels.

                           TABLE 5-7
   POSSIBLE COMPONENT  SOURCE LEVEL COMBINATIONS FOR
          SPECIFIED OVERALL TRUCK NOISE LEVELS

                            75dB(A)

           Component          Noise Level, dB(A)

           Engine
           Fan
           Exhaust
           All Others
                              5-20

-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 5

 1.  Tiede, D. D. and Kubele,  D. F. "Diesel Engine Noise Reduction
    by Combustion and Structural Modifications, " Society of Automo-
     tive Engineers, Paper No. 730245, 1973.

 2.  Priede, T. et al. "Combustion-Induced Noise in Diesel Engines, "
    presented at the General Meeting of the Institute of Marine En-
    gineers. 1967.

 3.  Ungar,  E. E.    and  Ross,  D. "Vibrations  and Noise  Due  to
    Piston-Slap in Reciprocating Machinery, " J.  Sound  Vib. 2, 1965.

 4.  Jenkins, S.  H. and Kuehner, H. K. "Diesel Engine  Noise Reduc-
    tion Hardware for Vehicle Noise Control, " Society of Automotive
    Engineers, Paper No. 730581,  1973.

 5.  Thien, G. E.   "The Use of Specially Designed Covers and Shields
    to Reduce Diesel Engine  Noise, " Society of Automotive Engin-
    eers, Paper No. 730244,  1973.

 6.  Averill, D. and Patterson,  W. "The  Design of a Cost-Effective
    Quiet Diesel Truck, "  Society of Automotive Engineers,  Paper
    No. 730714, 1973.

 7.  Shrader,  J. T.   "Cooling System Noise Reduction on Heavy Duty
    Diesel Trucks," Noise-Con 73 Proceedings,  pp. 68-73, 1973.

 8.  Bender, E. K.  and Patterson,  W.  "Diagnosis and  Noise Control
    of  Freightliner Trucks,"  BBN Report No. 2317c (Freight-
    liner Report No. 3),   1974.

 9.  Hunt,  R. et al.  "Truck  Noise  VIA.  Diesel Exhaust and Air
    Intake Noise," DOT-TSC-OST-73-12, PB222642, 1973.

 10. DOT.   "Truck Noise VIB.   A Baseline Study of Parameters
    Affecting Diesel Engine Intake and Exhaust Silencer Design"  (in
    draft),  1973.

 11. Rentz,  P. and Pope,  L.  "Description  and Control  of  Motor
    Vehicle Noise Sources, " BBN Report No. 2739, 1974.
                               5-21

-------
                            SECTION 6



                     HEALTH AND WELFARE



INTRODUCTION



     Section   2(b)  of  the  Noise Control  Act  of  1972  states: "The



Congress declares that  it is the policy of the United States to promote



an environment for all Americans  free  from noise that jeopardizes



their health or welfare...." Consistent  with this policy and as part of



the regulation development process, two  analyses have  been conducted



to evaluate the effects of new truck noise on public health and welfare.



     In one analysis, discussed here,  the effects on the American pop-



ulation of new truck operating rules,  together with the  effects of three



different levels of new production truck  noise were  assessed.  This



study  is a statistical analysis that  considers the impact of truck noise



on the total national population.



     In a second analysis, environmental situations defined by scenarios



were  evaluated to  estimate  truck noise  levels that might allow human



activities  to  be carried  on at various  activity sites without evocation



of annoyance by intruding truck noise.  These  levels can then be com-



pared with different new truck  noise levels  to assess the type of environ-



mental situations resulting.



     Both analyses use the same basic information.  The principal dif-



ference is in  the presentation  of  the results.    The  statistical model



considers  the change in the average day-night noise energy level, Ldn.



The individual case model considers the maximum noise level intrusion



due to single  events of truck passby noise.



                                     6-1

-------
 EFFECT OF NEW TRUCK NOISE LEVELS ON PUBLIC HEALTH AND



 WELFARE "IN THE LARGE"



 Introduction



     In this section the effects of differing new production truck noise



 levels on the health and welfare of the United States population are  an-



 alyzed.  The approach taken  for this analysis  is statistical in that  an



 effort is made  to  determine the order of magnitude of the population



 that may be affected by the proposed action.  Thus,  there may exist



 some  uncertainties with respect to individual cases  or situations.



 However,  such  effects cannot be completely  accounted for;  thus  the



 necessity to employ a statistical approach.



     The phrase "public health and welfare  effects, " as used herein,



 includes personal comfort and well-being as well as the absence of



 clinical symptoms (e.g.,  hearing loss).



     To perform the analysis presented in this  section, a noise meas-



 ure is utilized that condenses the information contained in  the noise



 environment into a simple  indicator of quantity and  quality of noise



 which, in EPA's judgment, correlates well with the overall long-term



 effects of noise on the public  health and  welfare.  This measure was



 developed as a result of the Noise Control  Act of 1972, which required



 that  EPA present information on noise levels that  are "requisite  to



protect the public health  and  welfare  with an  adequate margin   of



safety. "



    In accordance with this directive,  EPA has selected those noise



measures   believed  most useful for describing environmental noise



and its effect on  people, independent of the source of the noise.  That



                               6-2

-------
is,  the noise produced,  whether by motor vehicles, aircraft, or in-



dustrial facilities,  is evaluated on the basis  of a common measure



of noise.   Further,  the magnitude of environmental  noise,  as de-



scribed by this measure  that EPA considers  desirable from a long-



term view of public health and welfare,  has been selected for a variety



of occupied space and land uses.



     In the   following   sections,  the   measures  to  be  used  in



evaluating environmental noise, the numerical values for those levels



EPA will consider in assessing impact,  and a general methodology



for quantifying the noise impact of any noise-producing system being



added  to  the environment,  or the impact of  a change in an existing



noise-producing   system are addressed.  A specific application  of



this methodology  to  assess  the effects  of the proposed regulations



on motor vehicle noise is also developed.



Definition of Leg and Ldn



     Environmental noise is defined in the Noise Control Act of 1972



as  the "intensity, duration, and the  character of  sounds from  all



sources."   A measure for quantifying environmental noise must not



only evaluate these  factors,  but must also  correlate well with the



various modes of response of humans to noise and be simple to meas-



ure (or estimate).



     EPA has chosen the equivalent A-weighted sound level in decibels



as  its general measure for environmental noise (Reference 1).  The
                               6-3

-------
 general symbol for equivalent level is Leq,  and its basic definition
 is:
                                •»       —«*•   -        "
 where  t%- t,  is the interval of time over which the levels are eval-
 uated,  p(t) is  the time  varying sound pressure of the noise,  and p
                                                                  o
 is a reference pressure,  standardized at 20  micropascal.  When
 expressed in  terms of A-weighted  sound level, LA,  the  equivalent
 A-weighted sound level, Leq,  may be defined as:
                          *i-*.
 There are  two  time intervals of interest in the use of Leq for impact
 assessment.   The  smallest  interval of interest for vehicle noise on
 highways is one hour, often the "design hour" of a day.  The primary
 interval of interest for residential and similar land uses is a 24-hour
 period,  with  a  weighting  applied to nighttime noise levels to account
 for  the  increased  sensitivity of people associated with the decrease
 in background noise levels at night.  This 24-hour weighted equivalent
 level is called  the  Day-Night Equivalent Level,  and  is symbolized
 as  Ldn.   The  basic definition of Ldn in terms of the A-weighted
 sound level is:
                      4+
     /* AA
      "                A ?A&
       ^V<*        f   **)/*
     o      • *t +  110    -/t
^o-too               »*oo
or,
                                  (6.3)
  *           	'*   44.
where Ld  is  the equivalent  level,  obtained  between  7  a.m.  and
                              6-4

-------
10 p.m.  and Ln  is the equivalent level  obtained between 10  p.m.



and 7 a. m. of the following day.



Assessment of Impact due to Environmental Noise



    The underlying concept for noise impact assessment In this anal-



ysis is to compare the change in expected impact, in terms of number



of people involved, to the change expected in the noise environment.



Three fundamental components are involved  in the analysis:  (I) def-



inition of initial  acoustical environment,  (2) definition of final acous-



tical  environment, (3) relationship between any specified noise envir-



onment and expected human impact.



     The first two components of the assessment are entirely site or



system specific, relating to  either estimates or measurement of the



environmental noise  before  and after the action  being  considered.



The same  approach  is used, conceptually, whether one is examining



one single house near one proposed road or all the houses near the



entire national highway system.  The methodology  for estimating the



noise environment will vary widely with the scope and type of prob-



lem, but the concept remains the same.



     In contrast to the widely  varying possible methodologies for esti-



mating  the noise environment  in  each  case,  the  relationships to



human response can  be  quantified by a  single methodology  for each



 site or noise producing system considered in terms of the number of



people in occupied places exposed to  noise of a specified magnitude.



 This is not  to say  that   individuals have the same susceptibility to



 noise;  they do not.   Even groups  of  people may  vary in response,



                            6-5

-------
 depending on previous exposure, age, socio-economic status, polit-



 ical cohesiveness, and  other  social  variables,  tn  the aggregate,



 however, for residential locations the average response of groups of



 people  is quite stably related  to  cumulative noise exposure as ex-



 pressed in a measure such as Ldn.  The response to  be used is the



 general adverse reaction of people to noise. This response is a com-



 bination of such factors as speech interference, sleep interference,



 desire for a  tranquil environment, and the ability to use telephones,



 radio, and television   satisfactorily.  The measure of this response



 is related  to the percent  of people in a population that  would be ex-



 pected to indicate  a  high annoyance to noise at a specified level of



 noise exposure.



     For schools,  offices, and similar spaces  in which  criteria for



 speech  communication  or risk of damage to hearing are of  primary



 concern,  the same averaging  process can be used to  estimate the



 potential response of people  as a group,  again ignoring the individ-



 ual variations  among people.   In  both instances, then, residential



 (or like)areas andnonresidential, howthe average response of people



 varies with environmental noise exposure is considered,



   A detailed discussion of the relationships between noise and human



 response is provided in several published EPA documents.  For ex-



 ample,  the different forms of  response to  noise  such as  hearing



 damage,   speech   or  other  activity  interference,  and annoyance



 are related to Leq and Ldn in  the EPA Levels  Document (Reference



 1).   For   the purposes  of this  study,  two  sets  of  criteria  have



been adapted  from these  EPA documents. It will  be considered



                           6-6

-------
that if the  levels  identified  in  the previous document are met,  no
impact exists.
    The level of environmental noise identified as requisite to protect
the public health and welfare with reference to speech communication
indoors is  a day-night sound level (Ldn)  of 45 dB (Reference  1).  A
noise environment having this level should provide, on the average,
100% speech intelligibility for all types of  speech material, and have
a calculated articulation index of 1. 0 (Reference 2).
    The intelligibility for sentences (first presentation  to listeners)
drops to 90% when the level of the noise  environment is increased by
approximately 19 dB above  the identified level, and to 50% when the
level is increased by approximately  24  dB.   The intelligibility for
sentences   (known  to listeners)  drops  to  90% when the  level is
increased  by approximately 22  dB above  the identified level, and to
50% when  the level is increased by approximately 26 dB  (Reference
 1).  Thus,  considering  that normal conversation contains a mixture
of both types of material, some new and  some familiar,  it is clear
that  when the  level  of environmental  noise  is increased  by more
than  20 dB above the identified  level, the intelligibility  of  conver-
 sational speech deteriorates rapidly with each decibel of increase.
 For  this reason,  a level which is 20 dB above the  identified level
 is considered to result in 100% impact on the people who are exposed.
 For environmental noise levels which  are intermediate between  0
 and  20   dB above  the identified level,  the impact is assumed to
                                6-7

-------
 vary linearly with level; i0e., a 5 dB excess constitutes a 25% impact

 and a 10 dB excess constitutes a 50% impact.

     A similar conclusion can be  drawn from  the community reaction

 and annoyance data containedin Appendix D of Reference 1. The com-

 munity reaction data show that the expected reaction to an identifiable

 source of  intruding noise changes from  "none" to  "vigorous"  when

 the  day-night sound level increases from 5 dB  below  the level existing

 without the presence of the intruding noise to  19. 5 dB above the pre-

 intrusion level.  Thus,  20 dB is a reasonable value  to associate with

 a change  from  0 to  100% impact.    Such a change in level would

 increase  the  percentage of the  population which is highly annoyed

 by 40% of the total exposed population (Reference 8).

     For convenience of  calculation,  these percentages may be ex-

 pressed  as fractional impact (FI).  An FI of  1  represents an impact

 of 100%, in accordance with the following  formula:

     FI - 0. 05 (L-Lc) for L ?Lc
                                                            (6.4)
     FI = 0     for La Lc

 where L is the  appropriate  Leq for the environmental noise and Lc

 is the appropriate identified criterion level. (Note that FI can exceed

 unity.)

     The appropriate identified criterion  level for use in calculating

 fractional  impact  is  obtained from Table  4 of  Reference 1. For

 the analysis of the impact of the noise of motor  vehicles on people

 living  in residential areas,  the  appropriate  identified  level  is  an

Ldn  of 55 dB, which exists outdoors.  For other analyses concerned

                             6-8

-------
with office  buildings and other types of spaces  when indoor speech



communication is the principal  factor  of  concern, the appropriate



identified criterion level is an Ldn of 45 dB  (indoors),  which is trans-



lated to an outdoor level by using a sound level reduction appropriate



to the type of structure.



     Data on the reduction of  noise afforded by a range of residential



structures are available (Reference  3).    These  data indicate that



houses can  be approximately categorized  into "warm climate" and



"cold climate" types.   Additionally,  data  are available for typical



open-window and closed-window conditions. These data indicate that



the sound level  reduction provided by buildings  within a given com-



munity has a wide range  due  to differences in the use of materials,



building techniques, and individual building plans.   Nevertheless,



for planning purposes,  the typical reduction in sound level from out-



side to  inside a  house can be summarized as shown in Table  6-1.



The approximate national average  "window open" condition  corre-



sponds  to an  opening of  2  square feet  and a room absorption of 300



sabins (typical average  of bedrooms and living rooms).  This window



open condition has  been  assumed  here in estimating  conservative



values of the sound levels inside dwelling units which  result  from



outdoor noise.




     The final notion to be  considered is the manner in which the




number of people affected by environmental noise is introduced into



the analysis.  The magnitude of total impact associated with a defined



                              6-9

-------
 level of environmental  noise  may  be assessed by  multiplying  the

 number of people exposed to that level  of environmental noise by the

 fractional impact associated with this level of the environmental noise

 as follows:

    Peq = (FI) P                                             (6.5)

 where Peq is the magnitude of the impact  on the population  and is

 numerically equal to the equivalent number of people all of which would

 have a  fractional impact equal to  unity  (100%)  impacted).  FI  is  the

 fractional impact for • the  defined level of  environmental noise and

 P is the population affected by this level  of environmental noise,.

                        TABLE 6-1

        SOUND  LEVEL REDUCTION DUE TO  HOUSES* IN

          WARM AND COLD CLIMATES, WITH WINDOWS

                      OPEN AND  CLOSED

                          (Reference 3)

                                        Windows           Windows
                                         Open             Closed

 Warm Climate                           12 dB              24 dB

 Cold Climate                            17 dB              27 dB

 Approximate National Average            15 dB             25 dB

 *Attenuation of outdoor noise by exterior shell of the house.


     Where knowledge of structure  indicates  a difference  in noise

 reduction from  these values,   the  criterion  level  may  be altered

 accordingly.

    When assessing the total  impact  of a given noise source or an

assemblage of noise sources,  the levels  of environmental noise asso-

                              6-10

-------
elated with the source(s) decrease as the distance between the source


and receiver increase. In this case, the magnitude of the total impact


may be computed by  determining  the number of  people exposed at


each level,  and  summing the resulting impact.  The total impact is


given by the following formula:


                                                             (6.6)
                                           4

                                                       i\
where Fl.  is  the fractional  impact associated with the i    level and

                                    ii ,
P(  is the population associated with i  level.


    The change in impact  associated  with  an action leading to noise


reduction, or change in population through a change in land use, may


be  assessed by comparing the magnitude of the impacts for the "be-


fore" and "after" conditions.   One useful  measure is the  percent


reduction  in  impact  (M,  which  is  calculated  from  the following


expression:


                        (P eq  (before) - Peg (After))
                A :--  100         f eq (before)                   (6.7)


     Note that the percentage change may  be positive or negative  de-


pending  upon whether  the impact  decreases  (positive  percentage


reduction) or  the impact  increases (negative percentage  reduction).


     Thus, a  100 percent positive change in impact  means  that the


environmental noise has been reduced such that none of the population


is  exposed to noise  levels in excess of the identified levels.


     In order to place this concept in perspective, an example is first


 considered.    In the EPA study,  "Population Distribution of the


 United States as a Function of Outdoor Noise Level" (Reference 9),


 an estimate is  provided  for   the number of people  in  the United


                              6-11

-------
States exposed to various  levels of urban noise.  The above concepts



can be used to illustrate  the current  impact of this exposure,  and



then to assess the change in impact if all noise sources were reduced



5, 10, or 15 decibels.   In the  following computation, using the data



taken from this study, Pi is defined as the population between succes-



sive 5 decibel increments  of Ldn.  This population is assigned an ex-



posure Ldn midway between the appropriate successive  Ldn levels.



(•"or this  example,  the identified criteria level is an Ldn  of 55 dB



measured outdoors.



    The  result,  provided  in  Table  6.2, shows  that  a 5  dB noise



reduction results  in a  55% reduction in impact,  a  10 dB noise re-



duction results in  an  85% reduction in  impact and a   15  dB noise




reduction results in a 96%  reduction in impact.



    The  impact assessment procedure maybe summarized by the fol-



lowing steps:



    1. Estimate the Leq or Ldn produced by the noise source system



       as a  function of space over the area of interest.



    2. Define sub-areas  of equal Leq or Ldn,  in  increments  of  5



       decibels, for all land use areas.



    3. Define the  population,  P, ,  associated  with  each of the sub-



       areas of  step 2.



    4. Calculate the FI,  values for each Ldn ' and Leq'', obtained



       in step 2.



    5. Calculate FI,: x P,  for each sub-area in step 2.



    6. Obtain the equivalent impacted population for the  condition



                           6-12

-------
        existing before  the  change  being  evaluated,



        Peqt. = FI,- x P<-,



        by summing the individual contributions of step 5.



    7.  Repeat steps  1-6 for the noise environment existing over the



        area of interest after the change being evaluated takes place,



        thus  obtaining PeqA.  (Note that the  sub-areas defined  here



        will not in general be congruent with those of step 2 above.)



    8.  Obtain the percent reduction in impact from





                                                             (6.8)
Application of Assessment Technique to New Truck Regulation



    The methodology   presented  in  the  previous section can be



directly applied for assessing the effects of motor carrier operating



rules,  together  with  the  effects on  the  United  States  population



of different noise levels  for new production trucks.    The following



information provides a quantitative comparison of the noise reduction



and change in the  equivalent number  of people  impacted by vehicle



noise in the urban areas  of the United States.



Urban Traffic.   In  performing this  analysis,  use has been made of



the highway noise model presented  in the Highway Research  Board



Design Guide  (HRBDG).    Furthermore,  the  following assumptions



have been  made for the urban traffic situation:



     1.  The baseline  conditions for trucks will exist  as of October



         1974, as described in the noise emission standards for motor



         carriers in interstate commerce  proposed by  EPA  under



                             6-13

-------
         Section  18  of the Noise  Control  Act (38  FR  20102 July 27,
         1973). Carrier  operating standards require that  all medium
         and heavy duty trucks over 10, 000 pounds gross vehicle weight
         rating (GVWR)  not  exceed the level of  86 dB(A) under any
         conditions of operation when traveling  at  speeds  less  than
         35 mph.  In the urban environment,  since the average speed
         through  urban streets is  27 mph (Reference 1), this baseline
         assumption is a suitable  starting point for the determination
         of noise level changes resulting from a new truck regulation.
     2.   The vehicle mixture is assumed to be  1% heavy  duty trucks,
         6%  medium duty trucks and 93% automobiles (Reference 8).
     3.   The population density in the vicinity of urban roads  for noise
         impact assessment is that  recently reported by EPA (Refer-
         ence  9).
     4.   State  and city noise regulations  becoming effective  during
         the 1975 model year will force a 4 dB reduction  in the noise
         produced by new production automobiles.  The  4 dB  reduction
         predicted   to occur for automobiles  and the expected  use
         of  quiet    tires  are  estimates  based on current  trends  in
         local  and Federal noise ordinances. At this time,  it  is not
         known if  such events will actually occur.
Freeway Traffic
     This analysis  has  been performed  in terms of  constant speed
(55 mph) cruise  on level ground, and has made use of actual noise
reductions observed during cruise conditions. The data used  are those
presented  in  HRBDG volume  5,  page 11, table  2.   The actual net
                         6-14

-------
en
I
M
U1
                                               TABLE 6-2


                 ESTIMATE  OF THE IMPACT  OF SUCCESSIVE  REDUCTION OF ALL URBAN NOISE  SOURCES IN


                                         5-DECIBEL INCREMENTS
Current Conditions
Population
Ldn e>:?ossd to PI
j ._, * higher L^n. millions
O *3 _f 1 -I _f Nj.il ^
ulllions
55 93.4 34.4
60 59.0 34.7
65 24.3 17.4
70 6.9 5.6
75 1.3 1.2
80 0.1 0.1
t
l
Total Equivalent People
Impacted
Percent Reduction in
Impact
Ldn N°i-se Reduction in Decibels
0
FI± FliPi
millions
0.125 4.3
0.375 13.0
0.525 10.9
0.875 4.9
1.125 1.4
1.375 0.1
34.6
0
5
Fli Fl4.Pl
millions
0 0
0.125 4.3
0.375 6.5
0.625 3.5
0.875 1.1
1.125 0.1
15.5
55
1
10
Fli FI.;Pi
millions
0 0
0 0
0.125 2.2
0.375 2.1
0.625 0.8
0.976 0.1
5.2
!
85
15
i
1 FI± FIipi
! - millions
0 0
0 0
0 0
0.125 0.7
0.375 0.5
0.625 0.1
1.3
96

-------
noise  reduction  during  SAE J366  test  is  greater than  the  net



noise reduction  during  cruise  due to  the effect of  tire noise at high



speeds.



    For this analysis, the following assumptions were made:



    1.  A tire noise level of 77 dB(A)when measured  at a cruise speed



       of 55 mph and at a distance 50  feet away from the vehicle. An



       UHHumptlon  was made  that rroHH-rib  Lircn could for forced



       out  of use as a result of increasingly HO vert; hi'/h Hpocd not HO



       standards being instituted by EPA under  authorization  of



       section 18 of the Noise Control Act.  This assumption of the



       future extensive  use of  straight rib tires further supoorts the



       choice of a tire noise level of 77 dB(A) at high speeds.



   2.  The mixture  of  vehicles is 10% trucks and  90% automobiles



       (HRBDG).



   3.  There are 8,000 miles of freeways throughout the United States



       in urban   areas  (Federal  Highway   Administration   1972



       Highway Needs).



   4.  Since there exist very little data  concerning the population den-



       sity  around highways, the average population density around



       urban highways is assumed equal to  that found in urban areas



       for the nation as a whole.  The  1970  census  data  indicated



       that  the average  population density  in  urban  areas  for  the



       nation as  a whole is 4, 950  people per square mile; thus,  the



       number chosenforthe present analysis is 5,000 people/square



       mile. Furthermore, if the population distribution, around high-



       ways is assumed  homogenous,  it is estimated that there are



                           6-16

-------
   40 million people (8, 000 x 5, 000) presently living within 1/2



   mile of (each side) an urban freeway.



5.  A basic highway is level  and has six lanes of traffic.  For the



   purpose  of  calculating attenuation of noise on the highway,



   it is assumed that the typical house is on a lot 100 feet long,



   50 foot wide, and 70 fool from tho nearest lane of the freeway.



6.  Do sign hour is predicated on l.nilTir How of 7. 200  vohiHoH



   per hour traveling at an average .speed of 55 rnph.




7.  As of October  1975, Interstate Motor Carrier operating rules



   will permit noise levels from medium and heavy duty trucks



   to be no  greater than  90 dB(A) at  speeds greater than  35



   mph, measured at 50 feet from the centerline of the vehicle



   path.  The data points used from which further extrapolations



   may  be  made  are at 83, 80 and 75 dB.



 8. For purposes of health  impact assessments  three models



   have been developed with varying effective dates. These are:



    Model 1- New trucks of over 10,000 Ib  GVWR will be re-



             quired  not  to  exceed the following noise levels



              (in dB(A)) after October of the year indicated:



                            83          1976



                            80          1980



                            75          1982




               and the  U. S.E.P.A.  Interstate  Motor Carrier



               standards, as proposed,  are in effect.






                            6-17

-------
      Model 2 - Same as Model 1 with the following dates:


                      83              1976


                      80              1977


                      75              1980


      Model 3 - Same as Model 1, with effective dates used to separate


               gas engine and diesel engine powered trucks:


                      Gas            Diesel


                      80             83   1976


                      80             83   1977


                      75             80   1980


                      75             75   1982


    The following analysis considers operations under three condi-


tions: urban  freeways only,  urban streets only,  and the aggregate of
                        •

the two.  The analysis  derives the change in Ldn, for each condition,


for various years between 1974 and 1992, the number of people im-


pacted at levels of Ldn  of 55 and  higher, and the  change in impact


for the various strategies.


    The results of  the  analysis  are summarized in  the  attached


tables:


          Table 6-3 - Change in Ldn for the baseline case and the


                      three models as a function of time, relative


                      to 1974 noise levels.


          Table 6-4 -  Number of equivalent noise impacted people


                      for the baseline case and the three models


                      as a function of time.


                            6-18

-------
          Table 6-5 - Percentage change in number of equivalent



                     noise impacted people for the baseline case



                     and the three models relative to 1974.



    The impact estimates indicate that MntlolH  1 mxl 'i hnvc llx-



results,  whereas Model  2  accelerates  the  reduction in impact by



approximately  2 years.   The percent reduction in impact from Free-



way traffic is slightly greater than that for urban streets (63 or 57%).



The estimated  percentage reduction for the  combined impact of traf-



fic  on urban  streets is 58%, reflecting that the preponderance of the



expected impact is attributable to traffic on urban streets.



    Further analysis  indicates that the remaining estimated impact



from traffic  on urban streets in  1992 apportioned  to truck .sources



is approximately as follows:



             Medium duty trucks           37%



             Heavy duty trucks              6%



    To achieve an additional  significant reduction in  impact requires



further reduction of the levels for medium  duty trucks and automo-



biles.  For example, if Doth were reduced by an additional 6 dB, the



above percentages would be decreased by a factor of 4 to 9. 2% for



medium duty trucks and 14, 3% for automobiles.  This  change  would



reduce the day/night  sound level  resulting  from traffic  on  urban



streets  by approximately  5.3 dB.   This  decrease in  level would



reduce the estimated equivalent number of  people impacted after the



regulation is fully effective from 15. 9 million to 5 million, a reduction



of  over 86%  from the 1974 baseline condition.



                                 6-19

-------
                        Table 6.3

Reduction in Day-Night Level in Decibels Relative to 1974
              Values, as a Function of Years
Item

Freeways
Operating rules and new autos
Model 1 	
Model 2
Model 3 	
Urban streets
Operating rules and new autos
Model l 	
Model 2 	 	
Model 3 ... 	


1976

2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4

0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7


1980

2.4
3.6
4.4
3.6

1.2
1 5
1.8
1.5

Year
1982

2.4
5.0
6.2
5.0

1.4
2.1
2.5
2.1


1990

2.4
8.4
8.6
8.4

2.0
4.9
5.0
4.9

	 " —
1992

2 4
8 fi
8 6
8 fi

2 n
*• . VJ
50
. 5
5c
• ->
S "\

                         6-20

-------
     Table 6.4
Noise Impacted People
    (In millions)

Item
Operating rule and new
autos only
Freewav ...............

Total 	
Model 1


Total 	
Model 2
Freeway ...............

Total 	
Model 3
T?TO£»vjav . .............

Total 	


1974


Z.7
34.6
37.3

2.7
34.6
37.3

2.7
34.6
37.3

2.7
34.6
37.3


1976


2.1
31.5
33.6

2. 1
31.5
33.6

2. 1
31.5
33.6

2 1
31. 5
33. 6

Yea
1980


2.1
29.4
31.5

1.8
28.0
29.8

1.7
27.0
28.7

1 8
28. 0
29 .8

r
1982


2.1
28.4
30.5

1.6
25.6
27.2

1.4
23.2
24.6

1 6
25.6
27.2


1990


2.1
2fi 0
?a i

i.l
15.9
17.0

1.0
14.9
15.9

1. 1
15.9
17.0


1992


2.1
?fi n
?8 1

1.0
14.9
15.9

1.0
13.8
14.8

1.0
14.9
15.9

     6-21

-------
                              Table  6.5
    Percent Reduction in Equivalent  Noise Impacted Population Relative
                           to  1974 Baseline
               Item
                                                  Year
                                1976
1980
1982
1990
1992
 Freeway Only

 Operating rules and new autos
   only	   22

Model   1	   22

Model   2	   22

Model   3	   22

 Urban  Streets Only

 Operating rules and new autos
   only	    9

Model   1	    9

Model   2	    9

Model   3	    9

Total

   Operating rules and new
     autos only	   10

Model     1	   10

Model     2	   10

Model     3	   10
 22

 33

 37

 33
 15

 19

 22

 19
 16

 20

 23

 17
 22

 41

 48

 41
 18

 26

 33

 26
 18

 27

 34

 27
 22

 59

 63

 59
 25

 54

 57

 54
 25

 54

 57

 59
 22

 63

 63

 63
 25

 57

 60

 57
 25

 57

 60

 57
                                  6-22

-------
EFFECT OF NEW TRUCK NOISE LEVELS ON PUBLIC HEALTH AND



WELFARE "IN INDIVIDUAL CASES"



     This section considers the public health and welfare in individual



cases, the descriptions of the environmental situation models studied,



a discussion of the basic equation  derived for analysis purposes, and



the presentation  of the  results obtained from analysis of the environ-



mental situations described,



Description of Environmental Situations Studied



        For the purpose of this model, an  environmental situation was



defined as follows:  "An  environmental situation is a common every-



day activity at which a human being spends considerable  time and in



which intrusive noise of sufficient  magnitude would evoke a feeling



of annoyance. " Since this definition of  an environmental  situation is



broad in nature,  human activities and sites  where human activity occurs



were selected to typify those environmental situations thought most



prevalent.



         The three broad  categories of human activity  selected were



 (1) normal  conversation,  (2) thought process and  (3)  asleep.    For



each activity category, additional definitions are made below to qualify



the conditions   and   to  set  quantitative  guidelines for  the study.



 Definitions  were selected  with the intent to  limit the  number  of



 environmental situations investigated but  not  to  exclude  nor com-



 promise conditions highly germane to the  model.



         In the normal conversation category, the model was limited



 to the passby interference of trucknoise on normal conversation. Nor-
                               6-23

-------
 mal conversation was defined as an activity in which people could com-



 municate at a comfortable voice  level or hear television or radio sound



 at a volume setting that would be comfortable in the absence of intrusive



 noise.  A level of 60 dB(A) was selected as an acceptable ambient  speech



 level for normal conversation indoors or outdoors in the absence of in-



 trusive noise.  The  60 dB(A) level selected  was  based on (1) actual



 measurement,  in a typical living room, during television  listening at



 a comfortable volume setting and (2) analytical calculations of the acous-



 tic energy in a  typical living room due  to  speech sound power levels



 (Reference 4).



        In the thought process category,  the model  was limited to the



 influence of noise on reading, writing or studying.   A level of 45 dB(A)



 was selected as the acceptable ambient indoor level during the perform-



 ance of any or all of these activities.  The  rationale for choice of the



 45 dB(A)  level is its common selection as that level which will  permit



 uninterrupted  thought activity  due to intrusive noise in a  quiet  office



 (References 5 and 6).  A  second level,  that of 51  dB(A), was  selected



 as  the outdoor ambient  level to  comfortably perform outdoor thinking.



 The rationale for this selection is based on the fact that outdoor ambient



 noise levels are typically higher  than interior ambient noise levels (Ref-



 erence  7).



        In the asleep category,  the model was limited to the passby in-



 fluence of truck noise on sleeping. A  level of 40 dB(A) was selected



 as that occurring in a typical urban bedroom. A level of 44 dB(A) was



 selected as that representative  of  a typical outdoor nighttime ambient



level (Reference 7).



                              6-24

-------
        The five  categories selected for sites where human activity



enactment  occurs were (1) an apartment interior,  (2) a corner room



interior  of  a  frame house,  (3) an office  interior,  (4)  an outdoors



residential location, and (5) an urban sidewalk location.



        For the apartment interior site  a room, with height to width to



length dimensions of 8 ft to 15 ft to 20 ft, was selected as representa-



tive of a typical medium sized apartment. Further, it was assumed that



the apartment  contained  a single window (closed  and  airtight)  in  a



wall exposed to the exterior and subject to the incident intrusive noise.



Other architectural-acoustic descriptions of the  apartment interior site



appear in Appendix B.



        The frame  house  (corner  room)  interior site  description



was selected to duplicate most of the dimensions and acoustical char-



acteristics of  the apartment interior with the added condition that the



room contained two adjacent walls with (closed and airtight) windows



exposed to intrusive noise incident on the exterior windowed surfaces.



Appendix  B contains more architectural-acoustic  description of the



corner room in the frame house interior site.



        The office  interior site  room  size  was maintained at the  8  ft



x 15 ft x 20 ft dimensions of the apartment   interior  site,  but  was



modeled  to   architectural-acoustic qualities  thought  representative



of a typical off ice. Appendix B contains additional information to further



define the architectural-acoustic description of the off ice interior site.



         The outdoors residential site was defined as a generally open,



free-field area void of obstructions that might cause sound reflections.





                                  6-25

-------
        The urban sidewalk site, like the outdoors residential site,



was defined as a free field. However, this is a special environmental



situation in that it was assumed a person walking on a suburban side-



walk where the ambient level is 73 dB(A) would  become annoyed, for



whatever reason,  if the ambient is appreciably  raised. The 73 dB(A)



level is that typical on an urban sidewalk  (Reference  7).



Discussion of Equation Derived for Analysis



       Having  defined  an  environmental  situation and  several



categories  of human activities and activity sites, it is necessary



to calculate  the  truck noise levels in dB(A)  measured at 50  feet



from the truck  which,  if  permitted,  would raise, for a particular



human  activity, the sound level at a  selected activity site by  a



specified level above the acceptable ambient level assumed to have



existed prior to the passage of the truck.  To make these calcu-



lations, the typical environmental situation has  been mathematically



modeled using standard acoustic concepts.  The derivation  of the



appropriate  situational model  equations, including  the necessary



assumptions, are  presented in Appendix A.
S.
                                                            <6'8)
       Equation   (6.8),  which  is   identical to Equation  (A. 33)




in Appendix A,  gives  the noise  level   do   in  dB(A) of a  truck,




measured  at  a distance 1^ ,  whose passby will produce a noise




level £ dB(A) inside a particular room located at  a distance from
      /w



the  specified  truck  operation.    The transmission and absorption




charactertics  of the particular structure involved  as  well  as the




                            6-26

-------
truck noise,  which  are all generally frequency dependent,  are
jointly incorporated into the parameter q  given by
                             A
              = E<2p «  E  Tp_  Jop
                P      P
                                                           (6.9)

       Here, the summation subscript p identified the p th
octave band,  of  interest to the study, while  Ap  and T p  represent,
for the p th  octave  band,   the  interior  absorption  and structural
transmittance,  respectively,  for the particular activity site.   Also,
A
Jop is the normalized A-weighted £jn octave  band intensity component
of the noise spectrum for the specified truck operation.
       As an example of the use of Equation (6.8),  suppose that it
is desired to calculate  the  truck noise level in dB(A)  measured at
50 feet which would  preclude1 miliHtnnUal  annoyance  UHHoctntfd with
the disruption of a person's  thought process  during  study iriBlde the
Apartment Interior activity site, as a result  of low speed, high ac-
celeration truck operation along a road 50 feet away  from the Apart-
ment.
        It will be stipulated that an ambient noise level increase of
 10 dB(A) above the acceptable ambient levels identified in this sec-
tion will initiate a substantial  degree of annoyance  for all  of the
 human activities defined.  The  10 dB(A) ambient noise increase is
 derived from  Reference  3, where it is indicated that an increase
 by this and  even lesser amounts could  cause annoyance.   The 10
 dB(A) might be considered  as  that amount of increase where sub-
 stantial annoyance begins to occur. Thus,  with this criteria, the noise
                                  6-27

-------
 level Inside  the  room .for 'the particular environmental  situation  being

 considered;  i.e.,  thinking in an Apartment  50 feet from  the  road,  is

                  6 r    -• acceptable ambient level +10 dB(A)

                  6 r    = 45 + 10 =  55 dB(A)

       From the interior  description  of the Apartment site  given  in

 this section  (and Appendix B),  the sound absorption characteristics  of

 the Apartment activity space can be determined.   The  steps  necessary

 to calculate  the  total absorption for each octave band of interest for the

 Apartment activity site are summarized in.  Table C-l of Appendix C.  In

 Table C-l, values for the absorption coefficients, etc., for the various

 site components  were obtained from  the references cited in  Appendix B.

 As shown in Table C-l, Column 6 provides octave band absorptions,  in cm

 absorption units,  for the  octave bands listed in Column 1.

       From the  wall structure description  of  the Apartment site given

 in this section (and Appendix  B),  the transmission characteristics  of the

 Apartment structure can be  determined.   The steps necessary to cal-

 culate the  total  transmittance  for each octave band of interest for the

 Apartment structure are summarized in Table D-l  of  Appendix D.   In

 Table D-l,  values for the  transmission coefficients  fc  were  obtained

 from the relation                            .
                                       - /«/'<>
                             t =  |0                         (6.10)

where O£ is  the  transmission  loss in decibels.  Values  for the various

transmission losses  were obtained as follows:  for the windows,  the

best estimate of  o^, is that obtained from the "mass law" (Reference 10).

                                  6-28

-------
Thus, values of £g were obtained from the equation


                6  = 10 log  (1 + 1.366 x 10T3p2f2)           (6.11)
                  t        10

where p is the surface  density, Ibs/ft   ,  of the window and f  is the

frequency in Hz.   For the walls, values of  **t  were obtained from

the reference cited in Appendix B.

       The typical truck operation involved in this example environ-

mental situation  is that  of the low- speed,  high-acceleration truck

operation that usually occurs when a truck at standstill begins move-

ment. The noise spectrum associated with this common truck opera-

tion is shown in Figure E-l  of Appendix  E.  To facilitate its usage

in the analysis, the truck noise spectrum of Figure E-l was normal-

ized to a total  sound intensity of one  watt /cm . Table F-l of Appendix

F summarizes the steps taken in this normalization process for the

low speed, high acceleration truck operation noise spectrum.

        The situational factors     in Equation (6.9) can now  be de-

termined. The steps  taken  to obtain  these situational factors  for

the environmental situation being presented are summarized in Table

G- 1 of Appendix  G.  From  the  data of  column 5  of  Table G. 2,  it

is  seen that  the parameter    can be calculated to be


                         q-q-. 000675
        The noise level (  9 ), measured at a distance (n0) of 50 feet,
                                6-29

-------
 that the truck involved in this situational example can generate without



 producing a noise level (6  ) of 65 dB(A) inside the Apartment located



 at a distance  (  r) of 50 feet from the road without causing substantial



 annoyance to a person who is  studying in the  Apartment  can thus  be



 calculated from Equation (6,8).  Using the above  information and the



 value of   from Equation (6.12),  it follows that
    6Q  =  55 + 10 log! (5T?)( 00067^}  = 87 dB(A)              (6.13)





 It should  be emphasized that this allowable  truck  noise  level for the



 environmental situation studied is for a one occurence single truck



 operation lasting over a relatively short; time duration,



        The procedure used in the above example to illustrate how the



 allowable truck noise level measured at 50 feet  can be determined



 for a particular environmental situation is outlined in step format



 in Appendix  H for  use in calculating allowable  truck noise  levels in



 other environmental situations.



 Results for Environmental Situations Studied



        The procedure outlined in Appendix H was used to determine



the truck  noise levels at 50 feet which, if allowed, would cause sub-



 stantial annoyance for each of a total of 113 environmental situations.



The environmental situations  studied included various combinations



of activity sites, human  activities,  and  distances  from  the  road.



The results for these environmental situations are presented in Tables



6. 6 and 6. 7 for low speed, high acceleration and constant high  speed



truck operation, respectively.



                             6-30

-------
                          TABLE 6.6

LOW SPEED, HIGH ACCELERATION TRUCK OPERATION NOISE LEVELS
         AT 50 FEET TO PRECLUDE ANNOYANCE IN VARIOUS
                   ENVIRONMENTAL SITUATIONS
                 Environmental Situation
Truck Noise
Activity Site
Apartment Interior

Office Interior

Frame House
Interior
Apartment Interior

Office Interior

Frame House
Interior
Apartment Interior

Office Interior

Apartment Interior

Frame House
Interior
Office Interior

Apartment Interior

Frame House
Interior
at 50 Feet
Human Distance from to Preclude
Activity or Road Centerline Annoyance
Condition (ft) (dB(A))
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
200

200

200

100

100

100

50

50

200

50


200
25

200

114

111

110

108

105

104

102

99

99

99


96
96

95

                                 6-31

-------
                    TABLE 6. 6  (CONTINUED)

LOW SPEED, HIGH ACCELERATION TRUCK OPERATION NOISE LEVELS
          AT 50 FEET TO PRECLUDE ANNOYANCE IN VARIOUS
                   ENVIRONMENTAL SITUATIONS
                  Environmental Situation
Truck Noise
Activity Site
Apartment Interior
Frame House
Interior
Office Interior
Apartment Interior
Office Interior
Frame House
Interior
Apartment Interior
Frame House
Interior
Frame House
Interior
Apartment Interior
Office Interior
Apartment Interior
Frame House
Interior
Office Interior
Frame House
Interior
Human
Activity or
Condition
Asleep
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Thought
Process
Asleep
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Normal
Conversation
Asleep
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Asleep
Thought
Process
Thought
Process
Distance from
Road Centerline
(ft)
200
25
25
100
100
200
12.5
100
12.5
100
12.5
50
100
50
50
at 50 Feet
to Preclude
Annoyance
(dB(A))
94
93
93
93
90
90
90
89
88
88
87
87
84
84
84
                               6-32

-------
                     TABLES. 6  (CONTINUED)

LOW SPEED, HIGH ACCELERATION TRUCK OPERATION NOISE LEVELS
          AT 50 FEET TO PRECLUDE ANNOYANCE IN VARIOUS
                   ENVIRONMENTAL SITUATIONS
                  Environmental Situation
Truck Noise
Activity Site
Urban Sidewalk
Outdoor
Residential
Apartment
Interior
Apartment Interior
Frame House
Interior
Frame House
Interior
Office Interior
Urban Sidewalk
Outdoor
Residential
Apartment
Interior
Apartment
Interior
Frame House
Interior
Outdoor
Residential
Frame House
Interior
Office Interior
Human Distance from
Activity or Road Centerline
Condition (ft)
Ambient Level
Normal
Conversation
Asleep
Thought
Process
Asleep
Thought
Process
Thought
Process
Ambient
Level
Normal
Conversation
Asleep
Thought
Process
Asleep
Thought
Process
Thought
Process
Thought
Process
50
200
50
25
50
25
25
25
100
25
12.5
25
200
12.5
12.5
at 50 Keel
to Preclude
Annoyance
(dB(A»
83
82
82
81
79
78
78
77
76
76
75
73
73
73
72
                               6-33

-------
                    TABLE 6-6 (CONTINUED)

LOW SPEED, HIGH ACCELERATION TRUCK OPERATION NOISE LEVELS
         AT 50 FEET TO PRECLUDE ANNOYANCE IN VARIOUS
                   ENVIRONMENTAL SITUATIONS
                 Environmental Situation
Truck Noise
Activity Site
Urban Sidewalk
Outdoor
Residential
Apartment Interior
Frame House
Interior
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Human Distance from
Activity or Road Centerline
Condition (ft)
Ambient
Level
Normal
Conversation
Asleep
Asleep
Thought
Process
Asleep
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Asleep
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Asleep
Thought
Process
Asleep
Asleep
12.5
50
12.5
12.5
100
200
25
50
100
12.5
25
50
12.5
25
12. 5
at 50 Feet
to Preclude
Annoyance
(dB(A))
71
70
70
68
67
66
64
61
60
58
55
54
49
48
42
                                 6-34

-------
                   TABLE 6. 7

CONSTANT HIGH-SPEED TRUCK OPERATION NOISE LEVELS
   AT 50 FEET TO PRECLUDE ANNOYANCE IN VARIOUS
             ENVIRONMENTAL SITUATIONS
           Environmental Situation
Truck Noise
Activity Site
Apartment
Interior
Office
Interior
Frame House
Interior
Apartment
Interior
Office
Interior
Frame House
Interior
Apartment
Interior
Office Interior

Apartment
Interior
Frame House
Interior
Office Interior

Frame House
Interior
Apartment
Interior
Human Distance from
Activity or Road Centerline
Condition (ft)
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Thought
Process
Normal
Conversation
200

200

200

100

100

100

50

50

200

50

200

200

25

at 50 Feet
to Preclude
Annoyance
(dB(A))
117

115

114

111

109

108

105

103

102

102

100

99

99

                        6-35

-------
               TABLE 6. 7 (CONTINUED)

CONSTANT HIGH-SPEED TRUCK OPERATION NOISE LEVELS
   AT 50 FEET TO PRECLUDE ANNOYANCE IN VARIOUS
             ENVIRONMENTAL SITUATIONS
           Environmental Situation
Truck Noise
Activity Site
Apartment Interior
Office Interior
Frame House
Interior
Apartment Interior
Frame House
Interior
Office Interior
Apartment Interior
Frame House
Interior
Frame House
Interior
Apartment
Interior
Office Interior
Apartment
Interior
Office Interior
Frame House
Interior
Frame House
Interior

Human
Activity or
Condition
Asleep
Normal
Conversation
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Asleep
Thought
Process
Normal
Conditions
Thought
Process
Normal
Conversation
Asleep
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Thought
Process
Asleep
Thought
Process
6 36
Distance from
Road Centerline
(ft)
200
25
25
100
200
100
12.5
100
125
100
12.5
50
50
100
50

at 50 Feet
to Preclude
Annoyance
(dB(A))
97
97
97
96
94
94
93
93
92
91
91
90
88
88
87


-------
               TABLE 6-7 (CONTINUED)

CONSTANT HIGH-SPEED TRUCK OPERATION NOISE LEVELS
   AT 50 FEET TO PRECLUDE ANNOYANCE IN VARIOUS
             ENVIRONMENTAL SITUATIONS
           Environmental Situation
Truck Noise
Activity Site
Apartment
Interior
Apartment
Interior
Frame House
Interior
Outdoor
Residential
Office Interior
Frame House
Interior
Apartment
Interior
Apartment
Interior
Frame House
Interior
Frame House
Interior
Outdoor
Residential
Office
Interior
Apartment
Interior
Human
Activity or
Condition
Asleep
Thought
Process
Asleep
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Thought
Process
Asleep
Thought
Process
Asleep
Thought
Process
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Asleep
Distance from
Road Centerline
(ft)
50
25
50
200
25
25
25
12.5
25
12.5
100
12.5
12.5
at 50 Feet
to Preclude
Annoyance
(dB(A))
85
84
82
82
82
82
79
78
77
77
76
76
73
                          6-37

-------
             TABLE 6-7  (CONTINUED)

CONSTANT HIGH-SPEED TRUCK OPERATION NOISE LEVELS
   AT 50 FEET TO PRECLUDE ANNOYANCE IN VARIOUS
             ENVIRONMENTAL SITUATIONS
           Environmental Situation
Truck Noise
Activity Site
Outdoor
Residential
Frame House
Interior
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Outdoor
Residential
Human
Activity or
Condition
Thought
Process
Asleep
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Asleep
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Normal
Conversation
Thought
Process
Asleep
Thought
Process
Asleep
Asleep
Distance from
Road Centerline
(ft)
200
12.5
50
100
200
25
50
12.5
25
50
12.5
25
12.5
at 50 Feet
to Preclude
Annoyance
(dB(A))
73
72
70
67
66
64
61
58
55
54
49
48
42
                      6-38

-------
   As constructed,  Tables 6-6 and 6-7 provide values of "Truck Noise"




at 50 ['"Vet to Preclude Annoyance"  for   the  various   environmental



situations defined.  The  values of these  noise level calculations  were



based on the quantitative guidelines  defined previously  in this  section



(and Appendix B). The guidelines defined include the acceptable ambient



noise levels  for selected human activities at particular activity sites,



the architectural-acoustic  descriptions  of the activity  sites, and  the



ambient noise level increase  criteria for substantial annoyance.  Ad-



justment in any ot all of these quantitative guidelines for the analysis



procedure are easily made. The net adjustment is simply added  alge-



braically to  the values given  in  the column entitled  "Truck Noise at



50 Feet to Preclude Annoyance. "  For example,  if it is  desired to



replace the 10 dB(A) intrusion noise criterion with a 5 dB(A) criterion,



the change is -5 dB(A).   If, in addition,  it is felt that a selected am-



bient level for a particular environmental situation is too low and that



it ought to be increased by 7 dB(A),  then the net adjustment  is -5+7 or



+2 dB(A).  Each entry in  the above mentioned column is then decreased



by 2 dB(A) to accommodate this situation.
                                   6-39

-------
 REFERENCES FOR SECTION 6

 1.  "Information of Levels of Environmental Noise  Requisite to Pro-
        tect Publie Health  and  Welfare with an Adequate  Mat-gin of
        Safety." EPA Report 550/0-74-004. March 1074.

 2.  "Methods  for  Calculation of the  Articulation  Index,"  American
        National Standard ANSI  S3. 5-1969.

 3.  "House Noise-Reduction Measurements for Use in Studies of Air-
        craft Flyover Noise, " Society of Automotive Engineers Report
        AIR 1081, October  1971.

 4.  Knudson,  V.  O. and C. M.  Harris,  Acoustic Designing of Archi-
        tecture, Wiley, 1950.

 5.  Beranek,  L. L. (ed.),  Noise and Vibration Control. McGraw-
        Hill, 1971.

 6.  Lyons,  R. H.,  Lectures in Transportation Noise, Grozier Pub-
        lishing, 1973.

 7.  "Report to the President and Congress on Noise, " Grozier Pub-
        lishing, 1973.

 8.  "Comprehensive  Transportation Studies,"  Willard  Smith and
        Associates.

 9. "Population Distribution of the United States as a Function of Out-
        door Noise Level, "  EPA Report.

10. Cook, R.  K.  and  Peter Chrzanowski,  "Transmission  of Noise
       through Walls and Floors, "  in  Handbook  of Noise  Control
       McGraw-Hill,  1957.                                  ~	
                             6-40

-------
                        SECTION 7



        ECONOMIC CONSEQIIKNCKS OK NOTSK  CONTROL






tt'TROTHJCTlON



    This section,  using  the three  hypothetical models described



earlier in this document, evaluates the several standards and respec-



tive effective dates in terms of  costs,  and,  to a limited degree



economic impact to determine the degree  of  disruption that,  might



remit among truck  manufacturers and associated  industries. The



basis for the majority of data contained in this section is derived from



tvcstucT.es  performed,  under EPA sponsorship,  for the purposes



of tMs ..tuiy (F.ef3r ernes I aad 2),



    Ecotomlc impact is of particular importance in assessing pro-



ouction  P;ad  time,   A  more detailed  discussion of  typical  truck



KianmactV'rur Tear times  to implement design changes  cf the type



envisioned   to  meet    noise  control   requirements is given  in



Appendix N,



     Modei_J_ postulates  a  new diesel  engine  truck noise level of



8" dEx'A) off-active  ia 1977,   A two-year  period to  comply with this



level would  be  followed with a  level of 80 dB(A) effective for 1981



modr;.f. year new trucks.   A level of 75 dB(A) for 1983  model year



trucks is further evaluated in this model.



     Mo4e£2_ is ihe same as model 1. However, it looks at the costs



associf* e-i  with gaso.iine trucks.  An 80 dB(A) level effective in 1978



and a 75 dB(A) level in 1931 were postulated.
                              7-1

-------
     Model 3 models both gasoline and diesel  engine   trucks on the

 time schedule proposed in model 2,  but  at the  levels cited for diesol

 trucks in model 1 and for gasoline trucks in model 2.

    The  cost data contained  in  this section are based to a substantial

 degree on studies performed under  EPA sponsorship (References 1

 and 2).   Cited costs were  arrived at by independent  noise control

 engineers using known noise control techniques and hardware.

 COST OF COMPLIANCE

 Changes in Truck Manufacturing Costs

     Table 7-1  gives to the new truck purchaser the anticipated retail

 price  increases that could result from incorporating noise abatement

 measures which have been hypothesized as being potentially necessary

 to meet  three different  trucknoise levels. * Possible price increases

 are grouped  by engine  duty  class, fuel type,   and manufacturer.

 Gasoline engines  have,  for  purposes of  cost analysis  herein, been

 considered as a single class.
*Cost increases are presented in terms of possible purchaser retail
 price increases  to  protect  proprietary  confidential manufacturing
 cost information.

                              7-2

-------
                                 TABLE 7-1  ESTIMATED RETAIL-PRICE L INCREASES
-3

CO
   Engine Family/
 Engine Mamuacturer

 Gasoline Engines

    All Manufacturers

 Medium-duty
    Diesel Engines^

    Manufacturer:
          D
          F
          C-

Heavy-duty
    Diesel Engines2
    Manufacturer:^
         A
         A
         B
         B
         C
         C

         F
         F
                                      Model   1       Model  2       Model  3        Estimated Market Share
                                       83 dB(A)       80 dB(A)        75 dB(A)1         by Engine (percent)*
                                         $  0          $  125          $  300                65.00
$125
100
125
'$


210
300
275
$1, 250
1,250
1,250
2.2
0.77
0.17
$200
150
425
325
100
0
0
125
0
$ 400
350
1,000
800
400
125
150
325
125'
$1, 350
1,250
1,300
1,000
1,250
525
1,250
1,250
525
0.9
12.0
6.0
6.0
0.47
4.8
1.5
.23
.02
         Notes:  Cost is stated in terms of  retail  list price increases.

                 Refers to severity of service rather than Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW).
                o
                 Multiple listings for individual manufacturers indicate major groupings of that maker's engirds.
                4                  '
                 Based on 1973 production.

-------
     Substitution of a quieter engine for a noisy one is possible within
the medium duty and heavy duty classes  (but not between classes).
Substitution of  gasoline engines for medium  duty diesel engines is
possible.   Possible noise  control  measures and  their  individual
estimated  contributions to overall retail  price increases  are given
in Appendix  I, Tables  1-1  and  1-2.  Additional insight into the
relative impact of  various noise  control  measures  is  provided by
Table  7-1,  which  shows the relative market share  (1973)  of  each
family of medium  and  heavy duty engines installed  in new  trucks.
     The price  estimates in Table 7-1 assume an orderly change in
manufacturing   processes  and  adequate  lead time.  They do not
include considerations  of factory testing,  prototype certification, or
other compliance costs that may be imposed  by  regulatory actions;
these are  dealt with in "Cost of Compliance Testing," page 7-10.
Figure  7-1 gives manufacturers' estimates  of the increase  in the
retail cost of trucks when quieted to various  illustrative  levels  as
well as  independent estimates from Table 7-1,  which shows that:
     1.  Retail list  price increases are generally lower for gasoline
        engine powered trucks than for diesel engine powered trucks.
     2.  At each illustrative noise level, there is a wide range in cost
        increases among diesel engine powered trucks.
     3.  Model 3 imposes a greater cost increment than either of the
        first two models, with the exception of engine manufacturer
        B.
                           7-4

-------
I
en
                                       A  Gasoline Engine, Manufacturers' Estimates
                                       D  Oiesei  Engine, Manufacturers' Estimaies
                                       O  Oiesei  Engine, independent Estimates
                                           (Average of Figures in Table 7.1)
                       400
   800      1200     1600     2000     2400

INCREASE IN  RETAIL PURCHASE PRICE  ($)
2800
3200
        Figure 7.1. Increase  1n Retail Purchase  Price for New Trucks  for Various
                  Illustrative Noise Levels  Measured According  to  the SAE J366b
                  Test Procedure.

-------
     Gasoline engine powered  trucks tend to cost less to  quiet than
 diesel engine trucks because  they are  generally  quieter  to  begin
 with. The main reason for the price difference among diesel engines
 is that those produced by some manufacturers are inherently noisier
 than others and, therefore,  require different noise control methods,
 as  shown in Appendix  I.  The increase appearing in model 3 com-
 pliance costs occurs because at  these  modeled levels most,  if not
 all, diesel trucks will require an engine enclosure. Based on current
 practice, such  an  enclosure would probably be built as an integral
 part of the  truck cab structure.   This  enclosure will involve major-
 retooling from  current production machinery.  The costs shown are
 believed to be  "worst  case"  costs that could be  directly ascribed
 to measures taken as  a specific  result of Federal noise standards.
 In fact,  such retooling may be required over time due to design,
 performance or safety requirements.
    In addition  to the engine other noise sources that may  well have
 to change include  the cooling and exhaust systems.   Models  1  and
 2 indicate  that most  manufacturers may  have to  make primary
 changes in  the  cooling system.   These  changes  may include, for
 example,  replacing current  fans  with  larger,  slower-turning fans
 that have  carefully designed  shrouding and that use a thermostatically
 controlled fan clutch  phased with  a shutter thermostat. A  fan clutch
 would eliminate the need for shutters on trucks  operating in all but
the coldest  environments, and would eliminate fan stall as  a noise
 source.   Model  3  reveals the  likelihood that a high-technology
                              7-6

-------
fan system could be  required.   The  costs  of implementing these
measures are detailed in Appendix f.
    Model 1   shows  that Tew  dlcsol  trucks  will  rrqnlrc oxhiniMl
system modifications.   However,  advanced  exhaust systems,   in-
cluding mufflers with outer  wrapping and vibration-isolated  clamps
for mounting the exhaust pipe to the engine, could be required to meet
the standards  hypothesized in  model  2.   For  model  3,  exposed
exhaust pipes may require lagging (wrapping) to increase the trans-
missionloss and isolate shell vibration.  The cost of these treatments
are listed in  Appendix I.
Changes in Truck Operating  Costs
    Adding noise control devices to trucks has the effect of changing
various physical characteristics: primarily the gross vehicle weight
(GVW), the backpressure imposed on the engine by the muffling sys-
tem,  and the  power  required to run  accessories such  as the  fan.
Changes in these parameters will,  in general,  change the truck's
fuel consumption per mile and, hence, the annual fuel  costs incurred.
This  change in fuel  costs and the incremental cost of maintaining the
 truck designed  to meet more stringent noise levels  than at  present
constitute the two elements of annual operating cost addressed here.
     Other possible effects of equipment modifications to achieve noise
abatement are  reduction of the truck's maximum speed, resulting
from  decreased  engine  power available to drive the wheels, and
reduction of the truck's maximum payload, resulting from an increase
in tare (empty) weight.   The second effect  appears to be negligible
when  averaged over the entire truck fleet (Reference  1) and  so is
                                 7-7

-------
 not   developed further.   This  leaves   the  problem  of  reduced
 maximum speed,  which may entail some cost to the operator since
 the  truck would, in principle,  be able to travel fewer revenue-miles
 per year.   However, recently imposed reduced national speed limits
 make this a major issue. Moreover, although trucks maybe designed
 to operate at a speed higher than legally allowable, obviously it must
 be  presumed that they  will  remain within the  legal limits; hence
 design speed as a bench mark may be of questionable validity.
     The approach to the problem of speed reduction taken here  is
 to assume that the  purchaser of a new truck will specify an engine
 large enough to run the  truck at the same top speed of which the
 unquieted version would be  capable, i. e., present production.  The
 cost of  this extra horsepower,  then, is reflected  in the purchase
 price of the truck.  The  noise control treatments therefore  induce
 a worst  case indirect change in the owner's capital cost,  in addition
 to the direct impact on  capital cost referred to above.
     The development of operating and indirect capital cost increases
 is contained in Appendix J. The results of that development are sum-
 marized here.  Changes in operating expenses  are shown in Table
 7-2a.
    Table 7-2a indicates that the horsepower savings associated with
quiet fans result in a net cost savings for most trucks at most levels.
Theoretically,  such savings could be ascribed  to  the noise  control
effort.   However, (1) it is possible that  truck operators will simply
use the fan power savings to  increase speed; and (2)  market forces
may eventually dictate  such a beneficial design modification, even
                                7-8

-------
without  considerations  of noise reduction. Therefore, the operating

costs have been  computed to exclude the fan horsepower savings to

again develop a worst case scenario.  The results are shown in Table

7-2b.

                      TABLE 7-2a
    CHANGES IN ANNUAL COST (FUEL PLUS MAINTENANCE
     EXPENSES) CAUSED BY NOISE CONTROL TREATMENTS
                (INCLUDES FAN SAVINGS)

                               Annual Cost Change

                         Model

Gasoline - medium

Gasoline - heavy

Diesel - medium

Diesel - heavy

Note:  Parentheses denote net savings.
                       TABLE 7-2b.
     CHANGES IN ANNUAL COST  (FUEL PLUS MAINTENANCE
     EXPENSES) CAUSED BY NOISE CONTROL TREATMENTS
                  (WITHOUT FAN SAVINGS)

                                 Annual Cost Increase
 Gasoline - medium

 Gasoline - heavy

 Diesel - medium

 Diesel - heavy
Model 1
($ 53)
($120)
($ 63)
($224)
Model 2
($ 96)
($238)
($ 63)
($ 66)
Model 3
($ 84)
($210)
$ 51
$116
Model 1
0
0
$ 9
$19
Model 2
$ 9
$ 19
$ 9
$176
Model 3
$ 21
$ 44
$123
$359
                                 7-9

-------
     The cost of extra horsepower needed to maintain the original
level of  service is  shown in Table  7-3a.   The fan  savings  result
in a smaller required total engine output and, hence, a reduction In
initial price.   For the reasons listed in the  preceding  paragraph,
however, these savings may not be  realized.   The indirect capital
cost increase is therefore shown in Table 7-3b  with fan  savings ex-
cluded.  The apparent cost  of  extra horsepower required by noise
control treatments is small.
Cost of Compliance Testing
    Another noise control cost  will be  the cost of testing production
trucks to ensure end-product  compliance.  The cost thus  incurred by
the manufacturers will depend on various factors, such  as the ease
with which the necessary or required tests can be performed.   The
enforcement procedure described in Section  10  appears to involve
only a nominal cost  and no detailed cost analysis is  therefore pre-
sented.  Should an  enforcement procedure significantly  differ from
that described in Section 10  further cost impact analysis will be
necessary.
                       TABLE 7-3a
       CHANGES IN CAPITAL  COST INDIRECTLY CAUSED
              BY NOISE  CONTROL TREATMENTS
                 (INCLUDES FAN SAVINGS)
                                  Capital Cost  Change
                                 ( ) Denotes Net Savings
                         Model 1       Model 1     Model 3
Gasoline - medium         ($ 30)         ($ 60)       ($ 58)
Gasoline - heavy          ($ 98)         ($210)       ($204)
Diesel -  medium          ($ 96)         ($ 96)       ($ 85)
Diesel -  heavy            ($360)        ($336)       ($326)
                                7-10

-------
                        TABLE 7-3b.
       CHANGES IN CAPITAL COST INDIRECTLY CAUSED
              BY  NOISE CONTROL TREATMENTS
                   (WITHOUT KAN SAVINGS)
                              Capital Cost Increase

Model 1
Gasoline - medium 0
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
COST IMPACTS'
Impact on Truck
0
0
0

Manufacturers
Model 2 Model 3
0 $ 2
0 $ 6
0 $11
$12 $35


    Market research among truck manufacturers indicates that cost
increases on the order of those resulting  from noise control retro-
fits (see Table  7-1) would likely be completely passed on  to the
consumer  as  equivalent  price  increases* with  attendant normal
markup added on.  Future sales may potentially be  affected by any
future price increases or  increases in truck operating  costs.   To
account for both of these  possible effects,  a  worst case equivalent
price increase has been computed which consists of the actual price
increase plus the net present value of the operating cost increase
over the future life of the truck. * Table 7-4 gives the average  equiv-
alent price increases for  each type of truck, both including and ex-
cluding fan savings (s^e "Changes in Truck Operating Costs, " page
 * The net present value was computed assuming a depreciation time
  of 10 years and an interest rate of 10%.
                               7-11

-------
 7-7).   The figures in  Table  7-4 wore  derived by computing  the



 equivalent price increases explicitly for each major truck group  and



 then  taking an average,  weighted  according to each group's market



 share.   The  details of this  computation  are given  in  Appendix K.



 Where savings from reduced fan power outweigh other cost increases,



 the net  gain in income could be assumed to be lost to the operator



 under worst case computations, competitive pressures forced a low-



 ering of freight rates.  A worst case "zero" is consequently entered



 for such cases.





                               Representative Prices



                               Gasoline       Diesel



      Medium                 $ 5, 746        $ 7, 246



      Heavy                   11,434         25.213





    The midpoint estimate of elasticity (y) of -0. 7 is used.
                  dq/q =  (-0.7) .  p








where q is volume, dp is  the change in equivalent price (Table 7-4),



and p is the price shown above.
                               7-12

-------
                        TABLE 7. 4
   EQUIVALENT PRICE INCREASES FOR QUIETED TRUCKS
                        Model 1



  Gasoline - medium          0

  Gasoline - heavy            0

  Diesel - medium            0

  Diesel - heavy              0



  Gasoline - medium          0

  Gasoline - heavy            0

  Diesel - medium          $160

  Diesel - heavy            $311


Source; Appendix K.
      Model 2
Model 3
With Fan Savings

          0             0

          0             0

          0         $1357

          0         $1506

Without Fan Savings

       $   180       $  431

       $   242       $  576

        $  319       $1,986

        $1,581       $3,360
    To estimate the  impact of  the  equivalent  price  increases  in

Table 7-4 on possible future sales, an estimate of the price elasticity

of demand for trucks was made.  Rigorous estimates of this quantity

are not currently available,  but market research indicates a probable

range  of  -0.5  to  -0.9.  The  midpoint of this range,  -0.7,  was

assumed  as a working value.   The percentage reduction in sales for

a given price increase was then obtained by multiplying the  percentage

price increase  by  the elasticity.  The percentage sales decreases

corresponding to the price changes as shown in  Table  7-4 are given

in Table 7-5.
                             7-13

-------
     The differences among the three noise models used relates to
the times at which the various noise levels in  the models become
effective. The three models are shown in Table 7-6.
                        TABLE 7-5
  ESTIMATED PERCENTAGE  REDUCTION IN ANNUAL VOLUME
                          Model 1       Model 2       Model 3
                                   With Fan Savings
Gasoline - medium            0             0              0
Gasoline - heavy              0             0              o
Diesel - medium              0             0          13.11%
Diesel -heavy               0             0           4.18%
                                  Without Fan Savings
Gasoline - medium             0          2.20%        5.25%
Gasoline - heavy               0          1.48%        2.53%
Diesel - medium           1.54%         3.09%       18.31%
Diesel -heavy            0.86%         4.39%        9.33%
Based on "average" or "representative" truck prices (see A. T%
Kearney,  1974).
                        TABLE 7-6
         ALTERNATIVE NOISE REDUCTION SCHEDULES

                     Model 1      Model 2         Model 3
Level 1-83 dB(A)
Level 2-80 dB(A)
Level 3-75 dB(A)
All Trucks
1977
1981
1983

All Trucks
1977
1978
1981
7-14
Gasoline
1977
1978
1981

Diesel
1977
1981
1983


-------
    The absolute reduction in  future sales ia obtained by multiplying



the percentages in Table  7-5 by the  baseline volume  forecast; i.e.,



projected future sales of  unquieted trucks.  The baseline projection



is given in Table  7-7.   Complete tables  of future volumes for eaeh



of the three quieting options, with and without fan savings, are given



in Appendix L.



    So  far,  no  judgment  has  been  made  as  to  whether fan savings



should or should not be  included  in  the  sales  forecasts.   At  this



point, a hypothesis  is made concerning the inclusion of fan savings



in the impact  analysis.   Any design change which produces net  cost



savings in and  of itself will ultimately be introduced as a result of



market pressure.  This applies to improved fans. The probable effect



of new  truck  noise  control  regulations,  however, may be to cause



adoption  of such  design improvements earlier  than would otherwise



be  the   case.  The noise  control  program can, therefore, claim



credit for fan  savings during the period prior to the time when market



forces would  otherwise result in introduction of  the quiet fan.  This



period is assumed to be three years.  The composite volume reduction



forecasts are therefore constructed from the tables in Appendix L by



including fan savings for the first three years under model 1 conditions



(1977-1979 inclusive) and, excluding fan savings thereafter  (1980-2000).



The composite  volume forecasts are shown  in  Figures 7. 2 through



7. 5 for each truck category. In each figure, the baseline forecast and



the revised forecasts are  laid out for each of the three models.  The
                             7-15

-------
figures show that  from the models used the maximum differential
impact occurs  between  1980  and 1982,  depending on the  truck
category.   In  general, model 1 shows more units being sold during
this period than does Model 3; Model 2 is intermediate. In the case
of heavy gasoline trucks,  for  example,  793 more units are sold in
1980 in model 1 than in models 2 and 3.  For heavy diesels, models
1 and 2 result in 11,125 more units being sold than would be  in model
3 in 1982.
     To estimate the  relative impact on truck  manufacturers,  the
cumulative  impact  on dollar sales is computed for each model over
the period 1977-1985, the period within which the models differ.  The
percent reduction in total dollar sales  of all types of trucks over
the period 1977-1983  is shown in Table 7.8.  Model 3  produces the
greatest impact while model 1 gives the least impact.  The effect
of quieting gasoline engines on a shorter-term schedule than diesel
engines (model 3)  shows a slightly  greater  adverse impact than if
all  trucks were quieted on a longer-term schedule.
                              7-16

-------
                                        TABLE 7-7

                    CASELEsE FORECAST OF DOMESTIC TRUCK SALES BY ENGINE TYPE1
                                    (THOUSANDS OF TRUCKS)
Medium-Duty Trucks

1976
1977
1978
1979
1080
1381
1982
196'.?
19S4
1985
7* 19S6
t^ 1957
19S8
1989 •
1990
1991
1992
1993
109-1
19£5
1996
lf'97
isra
1999
2000
Gasoline
203.9
206.8
209.8
212.8
ras. 7
JJ1S. 7
221.6
.'124. 6
1^28.5
231.5
234. 4
237.4
241.3
244.3
248.2
251.2
255. 1
258. 1
262.0
;:C5. 9
2G9.9
.".73. 8
.176.8
280.7
284.7
Diesel
3.1-
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.5
3.5
3.6
3.6
3.7
3.7
3.8
3.8
3.9
3.9
4.0
4.1
4.1
4.2
4.2
4.3
4.3
Total
207
210
213
216
219
222
225
228
232
235
238
241
215
248
252
255
259
2G2
266
270
270
278
281
285
289
Heavy-Duty Truck
Gasoline
40.4
39.4
38.1
38.4
3S.6
38.7
38.8
38. S
38.7
35.6
3S.4
3S.1
37.7
37.2
36.6
35. 9
3o. 0
33.9
32.8
31.3
32.3
34. 2
35. 7
37.2
33. S
uicsei
164.G
173. G
184.9
194. G
204.4
214.3
225.2
230. 2
248.3
260.4
273. G
287.9
302.3
316.8
333.4
350.1
367.0
385.1
404. 2
424.5
443.2
461.8
481.3
501.8
523.2
s
Total
205
213
223
233
243
253
264
275
287
299
312
326
340
354
370
386
402
419
437
456
476
496
517
539
562
Total
(All Trucks)
412
423
436
449
462
475
489
503
519
534
550
567
•535
602
622
G41
601
681
703
72(3
730
774
79S
824
851
!„
 Source;  A. T.  Kearney, 1974.  Forecasts tor years 1S7G-1978 based on market research.
        for years 1979-2000 based on following annual growth rates:
                                  Gasoline - medium :   1.4
                                  Giisoline - hcnvy   :  -0.3
                                  DJGocl - r»ioc:ii:r/.   :   1.5
                                  D;oso] - iu-c.vv     :   5.0

-------
    300
O
«D
N
 
 H

 z
 =>  260
 U.
 O

 in
 o
 z
 <
 §  240

 O
 X
 h-
O
CM
CM
    200
     1976
                     BASELINE:

                     MODEL 1
                     MODELS 2,  3
1980
1985
1990
1995
                                                                        2000
Figure 7-2      Volume Forecasts - Baseline and Quieted Gasoline-Medium .
                                   7-18

-------
   42.5
                                                         BASELINE
                                                         MODEL  1
                                                         MODELS 2.3
    30.0
      1976
  1980
1985
1990
1995
2000
Figure
       7-3
Volume Forecasts - Baseline and Quieted Gasoline-Heavy,
                                    7-19

-------
     5,0
    4.5
 to
 h-
 2  4.0
 :D
 u.
 O
 (O
 O
 2
 <
 to
 g  3-5
    3.0
     2.5
      1976
                                                          BASELINE
                                                          MODRLS  1,2
                                                  	 MODEL  3
 1980
1985
1990
1995
2000
Figure  7-4
Volume Forecasts - Baseline and Quieted Diesel-Medium.
                                     7r20

-------
    600
    500
    400
U.
o


-------
                           TABLE 7-8
          CUMULATIVE COST IMPACT OF ALTERNATIVE
                     QUIETING SCHEDULES

                                   Cumulative
                                   Reduction In
               Cumulative         Sales due to        Percent
             Baseline Sales*    Quieting Options    Reduction
                1977-1983          1977-1983       in Cumulative
               ($ millions)	($ millions)    Sales, 1977-1983
Model 1
Model 2
Model 3
Source:
48,
48,
48,
Figures 7-2
080
080
080
through 7-4.
1,
1,
1,

430
560
120

3.
3.
4.

0
2
4

 * Assumes the following average prices (A. T. Kearney 1974):

                 Gasoline - medium    $  5, 746

                 Gasoline - heavy      $  11,434

                 Diesel - medium      $  7, 246

                 Diesel - heavy        $  25, 213

     In addition  to possible sales volume changes,  other impacts on

 truck manufacturers could be a standardization of the product offering

 and changes  in  production operations,  a reduction  in the number of

 components and options offered by exhaust  muffler systems,  and

 cooling systems.    Because  these components currently have wide

 variations in noise  levels, an anticipated effect of noise standards

 could be to eliminate  many  of them as  variations in a given model

 family.

    In models 1 and 2,  the addition of acoustic treatments  such as

side panels,  sheet   metal  supports, and  fan  modifications may re-

quire some modifications in  fabrication  and assembly operations.


                                7-22

-------
Model 3 indicates that changes  in production operation  may occur

because virtually all trucks would appear to require at least partial

engine enclosures.  Such enclosures could entail  redesign  of some

cabs.  The  costs of these design and retooling actions may or may

not be attributable wholly or in part to  noise  abatement standards,

dependant on style or design changes that may be effected whether or

not Federal noise standards are established. Estimates of increased

engineering, design, and test costs  for the total  medium and heavy

duty truck  industry were,  however,  considered  and  are shown  in

Table  7-9.   These  expenditures could  be expected  to  potentially

result  in employment increases  of several hundred personnel.

                         TABLE 7-9
ESTIMATED TOTAL ENGINEERING, DESIGN, AND TEST INVEST-
MENT COSTS TO TRUCK MANUFACTURERS FOR NOISE CONTROL
      IN THE MEDIUM AND HEAVY DUTY TRUCK INDUSTRY

                                           Total Cost
                                       (Millions of  Dollars)

           Model 1                            20

           Model 2                            40

           Model 3                           120

Source; Discussions with truck manufacturers.

     Several of the  larger manufacturer representatives expressed

concern over what they consider to  be potentially  large development

costs for noise levels such as those used in model 3. They state that

if such development  costs appear too high in relation to volume, the

manufacturers could be expected to withdraw  from the low-volume

segments of the market  and possibly eliminate those vehicle models

which have  low potential volume and require high development costs.

                               7-23

-------
 The overall impact from these moves on manufacturers'  shares of



 the market would, however, on the whole, appear to be minor.



     Because of the basically strong position of the truck manufactur-



 ing industry in the economy at this time, the potential volume changes



 that could occur as the result  of Federal noise   control regulations



 would in general  appear to  have little overall impact on most firms.



 The truck manufacturing industry has been growing at  a rate  of  7



 to  8% per year  (in current dollars) from  1966-1972. The value of



 shipments was estimated at $7.5 billion in 1972  and value added is



 estimated at $2. 0 billion. These figures include  light, medium,  and



 heavy duty  trucks.   Imports  were about  10-11% of 1973 domestic



 shipments and exports about 6-7%.



     In 1973, truck manufacturing accounted for  about 120, 000 jobs



 in the  U. S.  Again, this represents employment in the production of



 all classes of trucks.



     As a  generalization, the major manufacturers  are  better  able



 than small ones to adapt  to the significant equipment changes that  may



 be required  as a result of certain noise standards.   This ability



 reflects superior  financial resources and a larger scale of operation



 which  supports specialized  personnel resources  and organized  re-



 search and development  efforts that  can be brought to bear on  the



 adjustments  required.



     Table 7-10 indicates the market share of each manufacturer in



the medium and heavy duty market.



    Most truck manufacturers seem  to  anticipate   few significant



equipment modifications in  truck manufacturing assembly operations



                                  7-24

-------
if partial engine enclosures are not required to meet noli e standards

which may be imposed.   Cost increases resulting from noise abate-

ment hardware  are expected  to be passed  on  to  customers.  In

addition, no change in pricing practices or dealer  policy is antici-

pated; thus  it could be anticipated that the customary markup will be

added to such manufacturers' costs,  resulting in the price increases

postulated elsewhere in this study.

                          TABLE 7. 10
     MARKET SHARE OF MEDIUM AND HEAVY DUTY TRUCKS
                      BY MANUFACTURER

                Truck Manufacturer         	%

                  Chevrolet                 14.2

                  General Motors             11.7

                  Diamond Reo               1. l

                  Dodge                      12. 1

                  Ford                      23.7

                  Duplex                      . l

                  FWD                       .2

                  International Harvester     20. 2

                  Mack                      6.3

                  White                      5.9

                  Other                      4.5

Impacts on  Truck Users

    Firms engaged in truck haulage will be affected by new truck noise

control  measures  through  changes in their capital costs and cost of

operation.  Using  the  estimated increases in  purchase price and

operating cost developed  in the models used in Section 7, the effects

                                7-25

-------
                                              TABLE 7-11
I
to
                          MODELS OF  POSSIBLE INCREASED CAPITAL  COST (BASED

                          ON YEAR  IN WHICH VARIOUS STANDARDS  COULD TAKE  EFFECT)1

                          ($ THOUSANDS)
                     Model 1 - 1977
Model 2 - 1978
*>del 3 - 1981

Gasoline •
medium
Gasoline •
heavy
Diesel -
medium
Diesel -
heavy
Total
Excludes
2
Source:
o
Per Truck2
$ o
0
104
195
indirect capital cost
Figures from Table 7
Total3
$ 0
0
328
33,560
$33,888
savings due
~1 averaged
Per Truck2
$125
125
264
487
to fan treatments
within each truck
Total3 Per Truck2
$ 25,650 $ 300
4,693 300
818 1,129
86,092 1,119
$117,253
(see Section 7-2).
category.
Total3
$ 62,160
11, 199
3,048
217,422
$293,329

       Numbers of trucks sold by category for each year obtained from Tables D-1 - D-4.

-------
on the trucking industry have been projected in several ways.  These

include increases in annual capital outlays, annual costs of operation

during the first year that various noise  levels  become effective,  and

annual costs  of  operation at such Lime as the entire fleet consists

of quieted trucks.

    Table 7.11 portrays  the increased capital outlay (excluding the

effects of fan savings) which the trucking industry could potentially

be impacted   by  in the first full year in which various noise levels

would hypothetic ally become effective.*  This represents the change

in purchase price for  each truck category times  that year's  sales

for that category.   The largest   effect is observed  in model 3, for

which  $294  million  extra could   possibly be  paid  at  retail for that

year's trucks.   Taking  the 10H1 projected  unit sales from Tables

D-l through  D-4 and  the average unit prices from  Table 7-8, the

increase represents about 4. 5% of the total new vehicle capital outlay

for that year.

    Table 7.12a and 7. 12b show  computations for the without- and

with- fan savings cases,  respectively,  of the additional  annual cost

(including   depreciation,   interest,   operating,   and  maintenance

expenses) for the first full year  during which various noise  levels

could become effective.  The basis  for these tables is presented  in

Appendix E.   The models in Table  7.12a show that  possible extra
* In Tables 7-12, 7-13a, and 7-13b, only  one initial year per noise
  level  is  considered;  optional implementation schedules are  not
  shown.  The costs which would be shown if different schedules were
  used, however, are not substantially different  from those  given
  here.

                               7-27

-------
 annual costs  associated  with  operating quiet trucks  during  the first



 year of each of the three models used itu-reuses from $11  million Tor



 model  1 to  $168  million  for model 2.  Tnble 7. iL'b,  on Ihe  oilier



 hand, shows  that these  costs are more than offset if one considers



 the savings due to the use of lower-powered fans.



    The maximum annual  cost  resulting  from noise abatement  is



 reached when the truck  population is 100%  quieted.   Cost estimates



 were made for both 1990 and 2000.  Making these  estimates  required



 projection of truck population and average  annual cost per unit by



 type  (e. g., medium diesels, etc.) and noise level to the  year 2000.



 The average annual cost  was calculated in a  manner similar to first-



 year costs as described in the previous paragraph,  but with operating



 costs scaled to the trucks' annual  average  mileage rather than  to



 first-year mileage. Population  forecasts were obtained by using the



 model described in Section 8  and the volume forecasts presented  in



 Appendix L.



    Those volume estimates for the period 1976 to 1978 were based



 on extrapolations  from sales  forecasts provided by  truck manufac-



 turers.   Heavy trucks are predicted to grow at  an annual rate  of



 4. 3% and medium trucks at  1.4%.  These form the  baseline estimates



 that were  adjusted  downward to reflect  the quantity adjustment re-



 sulting  from increased purchase and operating costs   (which are the



 result ofnoise abatement).  Since these estimates are  simple extrap-



 olations, change in technology, demand for transportation services,



 and other factors  could result  in the  actual population in future years



being larger or smaller than the predicted population.



                                  7-28

-------
                                            TABLE 7-12a
to
VD
                            MODELS OF POSSIBLE INCREASED  ANNUAL COST
                            (EXCLUDES FAITSAVINGS) ($ MILLIONS)
                            (BASED ON YEAR  IN WHICH VARIOUS  STANDARDS COULD TAKE EFFECT)
                       Modell - 1977
Model 2 - 1978
Model 3 - 1981

Gasoline
medium
Gasoline
heavy
Diesel -
medium
Diesel -
heavy
Total
Source:
Per Truck1
$ 0.
0.
33.84
64.92
Appendix M.
Total2
$ 0.
0.
0.11
11.17
$11..28

Per Truck1 Total2
$ 46.00 $ 9.44
60.00 2.25
65. 00 . 20
335.52 59.31
$71. 20

Per Truck1 Total2
$108.40 $ 22.46
142. 20 5. 31
404.02 1.09
715.86 139.10
$167.96

      n
      Truck volume for each year by truck category obtained from Appendix L, Tables D-l through D-4.

-------
                                      TABLE 7-12b

                    MODELS  OF  POSSIBLE  INCREASED ANNUAL  COST (INCLUDES
                    FAN SAVINGS) ($ MILLIONS)   (BASED ON  YEAR IN HHICH
                    VARIOUS  STANDARDS COULD TAKE EFFECT)
               Model 1 - 1977
Model. 2 - 1978
Model 3 - 1981
. Per Truck2



i
u>
o
Gasoline -
medium
Gasoline -
heavy
Diesel -
medium
Diesel -
heavy
Total
($107.
( 219.
( 85.
( 321.
00)
60)
12)
70)
Total3
($22.
( 8.
( .
( 55.
($86.
13)
65)
27)
85)
90)
Per Truck2
($208,
( 453.
( 56.
( 58.
00)
36)
36)
68)
Total3
($43.
( 16.
, .
( 10.
($71.
64)
59)
18)
85)
26)
Per Truck2 Total3
($144. 60) ($31. 62)
( 365.00) ( 14.16)
135.82 .39
1.66 .34
($45.05)
 Parentheses denote net savings.

"Source: Appendix M.

 Truck volume  for-^asoline  trucks in each of the models is the  same as baseline volume (Table 7~7)
 Truck volume for diesel trucks obtained from Appendix D, Tables D-5 and D-€.

-------
   The two tables Lvlo\v gi\v the possible  annual  total  cost of  quieting  by
type of  truck as well as totals for all  types for  l»»*>0 A tut  2000.
                          TABLE 7-13a
             INCREASED TOTAL ANNUAL COSTS YEAR 1990
                         ($ thousands)
           Type
    Gasoline - medium
    Diesel - medium
    Gasoline - heavy
    Diesel - heavy
    Total for all types
Model  1
  115,286
    6,895
   26,374
1.034.875
Model  2
 114,598
   5,866
  26,194
 914,968
Model  3
  100,007
    5,806
   22,408
  911.366
1,183,430     1,061,626     1,039,647
                          TABLE 13b
              INCREASED TOTAL ANNUAL  COST  YEAR 2000
                         ($  thousands)
           Type
    Gasoline - medium
    Diesel - medium
    Gasoline - heavy
    Diesel - heavy
    Total for all types
Model 1
147,482
8,637
28,633
1,900,886
Model 2
147,431
8,523
28,633
1,878,459
Model 3
145,970
8,523
28,080
1,877,717
2,085,638     2,063,046     2,060,290
                                   7-31

-------
    These cost estimates do not include any fuel savings which  may
 be brought about by the use of fan clutches. The costs increase from
 1990 to  2000,    because   the  total population increaHew and the
 percent  of  quieted trucks increases.  In 1990, for example,  with
 the three models used,  there are 699, 000 unquieted trucks (all over
 10 years old)  and  in  2000 there are 24,000  unquieted trucks (all
 over 10 years old).
    These cost increases  are  large  in  the  absolute,  but  are  not
 necessarily a large percentage of the cost of operating a truck nor
 of the annual revenue  earned by a truck.  For example, a for-hire
 heavy diesel truck averaging 50, 000  miles  a year with an average
 payload of 10 tons at a  freight  rate of $0.17  per ton-mile will earn
 $85, 000 per year.   The $532 annual  cost per  truck of operating as
 shown in model 3 is thus about  0.6% of total revenues.   In the case
 of private carriers,  in which the trucks are owned by a firm whose
 chief income  is  from  a source other than trucking,  the cost  in-
 crease  can be spread over an even larger income base.
    Changes in truck  retail  prices and  operating costs could con-
 ceivably affect freight  rates  and the  quantity of trucking services*
 supplied by  the  trucking industry.  The elasticity of the quantity of
trucking services with respect to the price  of trucks is estimated
to be between -. 31  and -. 18.  Thus, if noise abatement increases
truck retail  prices by $1,000 (about a  4% increase),  this could result
* "Trucking services" is here defined as the number of trucks times
  the average lifetime mileage per truck.
                             7-32

-------
in a reduction in trucking "services" of 0.76 to 1. 24%.   This does



not represent the decrease  in  trucking activity in  terms  of  annual



ton-miles of freight or annual  revenue;  rather, it is the  reduction



in the stocks of trucks and the increase  in the lifetime miles a truck



ia driven.



   A 4% increase for new trucks could theoretically result in a  reduc-



tion in the stock of trucks of from  0. 8% to  2. 84%.   In addition,  the



lifetime mileage per truck will increase by from 0.16% to  1. 56%.



   The reduction in the  annual volume of freight  carried by a truck



will depend upon the percentage change in freight  rates and the elas-



ticity of  demand for freight service.   The elasticity of demand for



freight  service  is assumed to be between -0. 5  and -0.3.   Depending



upon the degree  of competition within the  trucking industry, the extent



of competition from other modes,  and  the regulatory policy  of the



ICC,  some part of any  possible increased  cost of trucking services



will be  passed  on to shippers.   This,  of  course, applies  only to



common carriers.  For contract haulers, the  ICC does not regulate



rates but  competition will likely still  determine  the amount of the



cost passed on.  In addition,  private truck fleets operated by firms



producing products other than transportation  services  may  easily



pass cost  increases through in the form of higher  prices for their



products.   The ability of a firm to recover increased trucking costs



depends  upon  the elasticity  of  demand  for  the  product and the



ratios of trucking costs to total costs. All other things being equal, the



larger the proportion of trucking cost to total  cost, the more likely



it is that the firm will  absorb part of the  increased trucking costs.




                                 7-33

-------
 Clearly,  these  impacts  may be different for different geographical



 regions, since the same products produced in different regions have



 different magnitudes of transportation inputs.



     The impact   of  noise  standards  and the  resultant equipment



 modifications  that may be necessary upon all classes of truck users



 (i.e., line haul,  contract, and private) would  appear likely to be very



 small from  the  information resulting from the  three  models  used,



 since the cost  of noise abatement represents  an increase of less than



 1% in the  annual  cost of owning  and operating a large diesel truck.



 The impact may  be somewhat greater  for smaller trucks; however,



 smaller trucks are found primarily in  private fleets,  which is the



 user class that should experience smallest impact.



    The  relatively small size of the cost  increases  can lead to the



 conclusion that  the impact  on the trucking industry and on freight



 rates will be negligible.   This conclusion is further reinforced when



 it is considered that, in the case of model 3, costs have been depicted



 as an upper bound,  or worst  case scenario.  The one segment  of the



 industry that may be altered is the owner-operator (contract) group.



 Owner-operators tend to be credit-limited (i. e.,  have poorer credit



 ratings),   have less  sophisticated accounting contracts, pay higher



 prices for fuel and parts,  and  have poorer  maintenance programs



 than fleet  operators.    Given these disadvantages,  an  increase in



 the price  of trucking  services (i.e.,  higher prices  for new trucks



 and/or increased  fuel  and maintenance costs) may impact  directly



and  severely on  marginal producers.  Trucking industry marketing



specialists estimate,  however, that the majority of owner-operators



                            7-34

-------
will  not be adversely affected by the worst case shown m model 3.



Impacts on Industries Associated with Truck Manufacturers



   Changes in the design of trucks and in the number of trucks sold



will  affect industries that supply goods and  services to truck manu-



facturers.



   Engine Manufacturers.  The  major  diesel-engine manufacturers



are large, financially sound companies with strong technical capabil-



ities.  They will likely  find it advantagous and/or necessary to invest



resources in  development programs aimed at reducing engine noise.



The  specific product changes that each  engine manufacturer  could



need to make for each of the noise level models used  in  this study



are  shown in Table A-2.



    Because sales volume changes due to the noise  emission standards



hypothesized  in the three models are relatively small, no substantial



change in employment,  number of  operative plants,  market shares,



and  profitability would be expected.    Noisier  vehicle  engines  will



tend to be eliminated in time, but the associated production facilities



and  equipment  are transferable  to other vehicle  models  having



quieter engines.



    One  large manufacturer  of diesel  engines  estimates  that three



years could be required to modify the engine for compliance with the



standards used in this study's model 2.  The manufacturer could be



at a competitive disadvantage in the truck diesel engine market for



several  years should  standards such as  those described for model 2



be Federally adopted.  One possible result of this disadvantage could



be a shift in  sales emphasis on the part  of the manufacturer  toward
                                 7-35

-------
 noil-truck markrts,  with  a consequent  increase in  the compet.il ion's



 share of the truck  market.   This situation is discussed  in  detail



 in Appendix !«'.



     Muffler  Manufacturers.    A change in the product, mix of mul'l'lcr



 sales will likely occur,  if the noise standards require more techni-



 cally sophisticated and higher-priced designs.



     It is unlikely that the  changes in truck volume  forecasted  would



 have a  significant impact  on  muffler manufacturers,  assuming ade-



 quate lead time for production realignments.  No changes in market



 shares would be  expected, since no muffler  manufacturer is consid-



 ered to be in any better competitive position than any other in relation



 to the  noise   standards  that  were  modeled.  The major  muffler



 manufacturers  have  apparently  included  in  their  forward  planning



 the possible impact of the  Federal noise emission standards on their



 business; raw material shortages and  capacity  constraints  do  not



 appear  likely to result from the noise standards modeled. No  disrup-



 tive  effects on  the industry  are anticipated,  because  sales  volume



 reductions  would probably be small.



    Fan Clutch  Manufacturers. Fan clutches are an integral  part of



the  various  noise control equipment options and strategies outlined



in this  analysis.   Not only  can  fan clutches reduce noise but also




result  in  significant   fuel  savings. A review  of  the past  market



acceptance of fan  clutches puts the potential benefits of fan clutches



in perspective.
                                 7-36

-------
    Historically,  most  truck  owners have  not  installed Can clutches




or have not been able to take advantage of the fuel  savings  if they



were installed.   Fan clutches have had several technical  and relia-



bility problems that hampered their use;  these  problems arc  now



considered to be solved. Truck owners who have installed fan clutches



have preferred to increase speed and  payload  rather than save fuel



due to the lowered power requirements.



    Currently,  approximately  5% of heavy  duty trucks are fitted with



fan clutches. It could be expected that most, and possibly all, medium



and heavy  duty trucks would include  fan clutches under models  2



or 3.  As  a rough  approximation, employment  in the  fan  clutch



industry could increase by  1, 500 to 2, 000 if  this implication were



realized.




    In short, significant growth in the fan clutch market would appear



likely, provided that historic resistance to fan clutches is  overcome.



Federal noise emission standards could very well provide the impetus



to accelerate widespread fan  clutch acceptance.




   Truck Distributors. Channels of distribution and truck  distribution



operations would not be expected to change materially as  a result of



the noi«e  emission  standards modeled because sales volume changes



would be  relatively small.  Some  accelerated buying immediately



before  and  after  noise  regulations become effective may occur as



customers  try to  avoid potential  price  increases. However,  this



effect is expected to be  minimal since the price increases apparent



from the hypothetical standards modeled  would be small in compar-



ison to  total truck  retail price. Lowered distributor sales  volume




                                7-37

-------
 would be offset by higher dollar sales volume for quieted trucks and



 a potentially  slight increase in truck rental  and leasing.  However,



 rental and leasing costs for quieted trucks could be expected to rise



 based on costs associated with quieting.




    Truck retail price increases, under model 3 conditions, appear



 to be less than 5% of current prices.   Generally, the requirement



 to finance this  increased cost could be  met by end users.  At the



 same time, marginal credit operators will be somewhat more  mar-



 ginal.  However,  this level  of price change,  particularly with lead



 times of several years to allow for appropriate planning, would  seem



 to be within the range which could be accommodated in the normal



 course of business,  and hence result in no  disruptive effects in the



 economy in general or related industries in particular.



 IMPACTS ON THE NATIONAL  ECONOMY



Transportation and Trucking in the U. S.  Economy.



    The total  transportation  sector  within the  U.  S.  economy  has



 doubled  since World War II,  while truck transport has  increased



 about sixfold.   During this period,  truck transport has grown  from



 82 billion   ton-miles  to  470 billion  ton-miles.  Truck  transport



 accounted  for 18.7% of the total ton-miles in 1970 and 81.3% of the



total revenue.  These figures indicate that trucks haul those products



for which  relatively high rates per  ton-mile are charged.




   Trucks are gene rally faster and more flexible than other modes of



transport. The line haul speeds for trucks range from 40 to 55 mph,
                               7-38

-------
which is faster  than any other mode except air freight.  In addition,



trucks provide door-to-door service.



    The greater speed  of   truck transport,  together with  smaller



volume for truckload shipments than for carload shipments  by rail



gives the trucking  industry  a  strong  competitive position.  Speed




reduces inventory costs by allowing firms tohold smaller  inventories.



This applies more to products having high value per unit weight than



to bulky low-valued products.



    In addition to the advantages  trucks have as  a primary means



of transport, they are also complementary to other modes.  For exam-



ple, rail  or  water shipments arc often  brought to and from  terminal



facilities by trucks.



Impacts on Exports.




    As  models one  and two illustrate,  the extent of product modifi-



cations,  will probably consist basically of  specifying quieted com-



ponents from vendors.  Domestic truck producers would be  able  to



export  both  quieted and unquieted products  to foreign countries,



depending on local  foreign noise  regulations.   U. S. manufacturers



will be in an improved competitive position in foreign markets  that



require quiet trucks since they will have experience  in  the appli-



cation cf noise technology to their products.



    A  different  situation    exists   under   model  3   conditions,



however, because redesign of some truck models may be necessary.



In the case of redesigned  models, domestic producers may have  to



ship trucks incorporating  at least some noise control measures and



associated  costs,  even  though the foreign market competition and



                                  7-39

-------
 regulations may not require quieted trueks.    On  the  other  hand,



 foreign  markets that require  trueks  to meet,  say, the standards



 used in model 3  probably would not provide  enough volume  them-



 selves to  economically cause  truck manufacturers to  quiet  their



 vehicles  to that level  without the impetus of U.S.  regulaton. In such



 circumrtancee  Federal noise  regulation  will make American com-



 panies competitive where  they would  otherwise not have been.



     Study of information from truck manufacturers indicates that they



 expect no changes in export patterns due to Federal noise  regulations.



 Impacts on Imports.



     Imports are not a large factor in  the U. S. market for medium



 and hea y duty trucks.  The general reputation of medium and heavy



 duty trx cks of foreign  manufacture isthat they do not have the quality



 to stand  up to  the tough line-haul conditions  prevalent  in  the U. S.



 It seem ;  unlikely  that  Federal noise regulations  will alter the  po-



 sition o imports within the U. S.  market.



    How ?ver, the  United States has the largest  motor vehicle market



 in the w orld, which  has attracted intense import  competition.  The



 heavy d ity  truck market appears  to have  good  growth potential and



 may we Ll attract import competition regardless of the  noise  stan-



 ards.



    It if,    of  course,  possible  that  a foreign  manufacturer  may



 develop technology that could result in significant noise reduction



 from medium and heavy trucks. In such a  case that technology  could



 establish  a new "available  technology achievable at reasonable cost"



base from which Federal regulations could be derived.   This would





                            7-40

-------
potentially offer a unique and highly competitive advantage to foreign



manufacturers and a new door to American markets unless such tech-



nology was competitively adopted by U.S. firms.



Impacts on  Balance of Trade.   Based on the foreign trade factors



above, models  1,  2 and 3 indicate that no probable material impact



on the balance of trade would be  anticipated.



Summary



    This economic study,  based on the three hypothical models cited,



indicates  that the anticipated overall economic impact of the various



modeled noise regulatory levels on the  truck  manufacturing indus-



try, and industries dependent on trucks,  would be expected to be low.



The following summarizes  the impacts  postulated from each  of the



three models employed.  Generally,  the amount  of  cost  increases



and levels  of change  in the industry volume  are estimated as low.



As a result,  disruptive impacts are not anticipated in most cases.



    1.  Model 1  -  1977.   Cost  changes and volume  changes from



        baseline  conditions  are minor.   Industry would be expected



        to continue its  present growth pattern.  No unemployment  is



        anticipated, nor are any disruptive impacts.



    2. Model 2  -  1981. No disruptive impacts are indicated if a six-



       year lead time is provided.   The  time is adequate to quiet



       "noisy"  engines by  using  immediately  available  technology.



       Additionally  the development of lower-cost techniques would



       be possible and the economics of doing so might even indicate



       that such development would be likely. Volume changes and in-



       creased  costs  would not  appear to have a significant impact



                                  7-41

-------
   on industry activity.    No unemployment or adverse impacts



   would be anticipated.



3.  Model 2 -  1978.   The three-year  lead time has the potential



    for  some  limited market disruption as some vehicles  could



    have to  be removed from production due to inability to meet



    the standards. This  may be attenuated overall, however, by



    increased  production of other models.



4.  Model 3   - 1983.   Changes  in volume and higher costs  than




    for either models  1  or  2  could be anticipated.  The  eight-



    year period   hypothesized   as  being  available   for plan-



    ning and making adjustments  for the growth of the industry



    over the  period  would  apparently  be sufficient  to avoid



    disruptive  impacts.  The modest volume  changes  from  the



    baseline forecasts and the continued growth of industry would




    indicate  no disruptive impacts.  No unemployment would be



    anticipated.
                              7-42

-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 7

 1.  A. T. Kearney, Inc.  "A Study to Determine the Economic Impact
    of Noise Emission Standards in the Medium and Heavy Duty Truck
    Industry, " 1974.

 2.  Bonder, E.  K. and W. N. Patterson.  "The Technology and Cost
    of Quieting Medium and Heavy  Trucks," BBN Report No.  2710,
    1974.

 3.  Fax, G. 1C.   "Costs of Operating Quiet Trucks, " BBN Tech Memo
    No.  190, 1974.

 4.  Oil and Gas Journal  Petroleum Publishing Co.,  Tulsa, Okla.,
    March 11,  1974.

 5.  U.S.  Department  of  Commerce,  Bureau of the Census,  "1972
    Truck Inventory and Use Survey" (magnetic tape), 1972.
                                      7-43

-------
                           SECTION 8

 TRUCK ACOUSTIC ENERGY  CHANGES AND LEAD TIME KEQUIREMENTS

   This section examines the offoels of possible alternative new truck

noise standards,  using  the  three models described  earlier,  to

endeavor  to ascertain  (1)  the change in  acoustic energy generated

by the future truck population and  (2)  the projected lead  times to

achieve the varying modifications in production line truck design.

FUTURE CHANGES IN ACOUSTIC ENERGY LEVELS

   The  effects  of possible  alternative new truck noise standards as

shown throughout the three models and depicted in  Table 8-1 on the

future acoustic  energy  generated by trucks with a GVWR in excess

of 10, 000 pounds are analyzed in this study.  Taken into account are

the distributions of trucks likely  to be  in use in future years, by

gross vehicle weight rating, type of engine, age, and annual mileage.

This  makes it  possible to estimate the  possible change in the future

acoustic energy from such trucks along typical highways.

                        TABLE  8. 1
        ALTERNATIVE PRODUCTION NOISE LIMITS,  dB(A)
New Truck
Model
Year
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
> 1983

Option
Gasoline
83
80
80
80
75
75
75

1
Diesel
83
80
80
80
75
75
75

Option
Gasoline
83
83
80
80
75
75
75
8-1
2
Diesel
83
83
83
83
80
80
75

Option
Gasoline
83
83
83
83
80
80
75

3
Diesel
83
83
83
83
80
80
75


-------
    Data utilized  in development of the models used are premised on




 the following:  that for any given calendar year,  the truck  generated



 acoustic   energy  along  a  typical  highway will be  the  "mileago-



 weighted"  summation  of the  product  of  (a)  the  acoustic energy



 produced by each category and model year of truck,  (b) the number



 of such trucks registered, and (c) the annual mileage such trucks  are



 driven.   Annual  mileage  is  explicitly considered because it affects



 the frequency with which a truck  of  a  given  category and  age   is




 encountered on the highway.  For the purposes of these calculations,



 it  is  assumed that no  truck  noise control  retrofit  program  is  in



 effect,  so  that each  truck produces the same noise level over  its



 entire lifespan.




    Thus,  to assess  the impact of alternative  regulatory  options  on



 future changes in the acoustic  energy generated by trucks,  it will



 be necessary to know:



    1.  The mean peak  noise level produced  on  the highway by  truck



      model year  for each category of truck



    2.  The total truck production by truck model year for  each  cate-




      gory of truck



    3.  The fraction of  trucks  still in use as a function of  truck age



      for each category of truck




   4.  The average annual  mileage as  a function of truck age for each



      category of  truck.



   Each of these aspects,  as  it  is related to  calculation of the acoustic



energy  generated by  trucks  for any  future calendar year,  will   be



considered.




                                 8-2

-------
   The mean peak noise  levels, measured at 50 feet from tbe high-

way, which  are projected to  be produced  in the future by various

categories of  trucks  traveling at highway speeds are summarized  in

Table 8-2 as  a  function of the new truck noiso levols considered  in

the three alternative models.

                        TABLE 8. 2
           MEAN PEAK NOISE LEVEL AT  50 FEET

                                  Highway Noise Levels
Regulated
New Truck
Noise Level
None
Model 1 (83 dB(A))
Model 2 (80)
Model 3 (75)
Medium Duty
Gasoline Diosol
84 dR(A) 87 (lli(A)
84 H4
82 82
79 79
lloavy
Gasoline
87 dH(A)
H4
82
79
Duty
DifiHOl
8!)dli(A)
H4
82
79
    The highway noise levels  assumed for all unregulated trucks are

 mean noise  levels computed from  measurements obtained for EPA

 by contractors. Noise levels  assumed for future regulated new trucks

 reflect the fact that, as propulsion noise of trucks is reduced by new

 truck noise regulation, tire noise will constitute an increasingly lar-

 ger contribution to a truck's highway noise level.

    The total  new truck production projected for  truck  model years

 are summarized  in  Table  8-3.    Total  figures for  1961  through

 1972 are actual  production  figures reported by  the  Motor  Vehicle

 Manufacturers Association  (MVMA), excluding buses  and exported

 trucks,  but  including imported trucks  from Canada  (Reference 1).

    The truck  production  figures  for 1960 and before  are weighted

 sums  of  previous   production   figures  adjusted  in accordance

                              8-3

-------
 with the  truck survival rate model described below to produce the



 estimated number  of  such trucks still in use as of 1972. Produc-



 tion figures  for  1973  and beyond are based on  estimates  of truck



 production growth rates  (Reference 2).  For example,  it is assumed



 that medium duty gasoline engine  truck production will grow by 1.4%



 per year and that heavy duty diesel engine truck production will grow



 by 4. 3% per year.



    The fraction of trucks still in use as a function  of truck age can be



 determined by generating a survival rate model for each category of



 trucks.  Truck production data (Reference 2) and registration data



 (Reference 3)  have  been used to develop a truck  survival rate curve



 for heavy duty diesel engine trucks.   This  survival rate curve is



 shown in  Figure 8-1.  For other  categories of trucks,  the  Census



 truck registration  data does not  correspond well  with the MVMA



 truck production data.  For example, the MVMA reports that in 1971,



 193,000 medium duty gasoline engine trucks were produced (exclud-



 ing buses and exports but  including imports from Canada). The 1972



 Census data, however, show  that 295,000 such trucks were regis-



 tered.  Thus  53% more trucks were registered than were produced.



 In view of the fact that all medium duty gasoline truck-tractors appear



 as  heavy  duty  trucks in the Census data,  it has been concluded that



 a substantial number of trucks with GVWR below 10, 000 Ibs are prob-



 ably appearing as medium duty trucks in the Census data.  Because of



this type of inconsistency in the truck production versus registration



data,  the  truck survival rate obtained for heavy  duty diesel engine



                           8-4

-------
              TABLE 8-3



/.IHltAl.  PRODUCTION-OF TRUCKS t IN  THOUSANDS)
f-'oclel
Year
<1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
' 1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976 .
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1.986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
Medium
Gasoline
1473
. 177
211
222
205
228
228
189
199
219
178
193
245
198
200
202
204
207
210
213
216
219
222
225
229
232
•234.
237
241
244
248
251
255
258
262
266
270
274
277
281
Duty
Die sol
1
1
3
4
5
9
6
5
5
3
3
3
3
3 .
3
3
3
3
.3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
. 4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Heavy
Gasoline
427
34
30
39
36
41
45
39
42
41
40
38
39
40
40
40
40
39
3*8
38
39
39
39
39
39
39
38
38
38
37
37
36
• 35
34
33
32
33
34
36
37
Duty
Diesel
124
24
35
43
47
63
77
64
70
90
B«
9H
126
133
144
155
165
174
185
195
205
214
225
236
248
260
274
288
302
317
333
350
367
385
. 404
425
443
462
481
502
                   8-5

-------
 trucks has  been assumed to apply  to all  other  categories of trucks

 as well.

   The average annual mileage for various categories of trucks  as

 a function of truck  age were also  obtained from  projections based

 on the Truck Inventory and Use Survey  Data.   Table 8-4 shows the

 projected annual mileage per truck for each category being consid-

 ered as a function of the age of the truck.

150
                               10             15

                                 Truck Age (Years)
Figure 8-1   Percentage of Heavy Duty Diesel Trucks  Surviving  as
             a Function of Age.
    Discussion of the  Truck Inventory and Use  Survey Data and the

analysis used in obtaining the acoustic energy generated by  trucks,

                              8-6

-------
the total  and components of the  truck  population,  the survival rato,

and the annual mileage estimates for trucks may ho found in Appendix

O.
                           TABLE 8-4
          ANNUAL MILEAGE PER TRUCK (IN THOUSANDS)
Acie °f
Truck
1 Year
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
• i 11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Medium
Gasoline
23
20
16
13
11
10
9
8
7
7
6
6
5
5
5
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
Duty
Diosol
30
27
24
22
19
17- ,
15
13
12
11
10
9
' 8
7
. 7
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
• 5
5
5
Heavy Duty
Gasoline Dic.s-"'1
33
29
25
21
18
16
15
13
12
10
9
8
7
6
6
5
5
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
73
67
61
55
50
45
40
37
34
31
28
25
22
20
18
16 ,
15
14
13
12
12
11
10
10
10
   The results of this  study of the projected changes in the acoustic

 energy generated by trucks with GVWR in  excess of 10, 000 Ibs are

 shown in  Figure  8-2.  The  acoustic energy  level  refers  to the

 1972 acoustic energy of  such trucks.   Note that  for  any new truck

 regulation,  the increasing truck population produces an increase  in

                               8-7

-------
 acoustic energy level of approximately 1 dB every  5 years.  On the



 other hand, with all of  the three models employed for this study, the



 the acoustic energy level continues to decrease until  approximately



 1992.  Actually,  as older, noisier trucks are retired,  the individual



 noise level  of the  average truck  on  the  highway will continue to



 decrease until  about the year 2000.   IFowever,  the  assumed  growth



 rale  in new  truck  production  eventually outweighs the  rate of older,



 noisier  1 rucks being retired, causing the acoustic-  energy level to



 begin increasing again tn about  1995.   finally,  note  that both models



 2 and 3 indicate nearly  identical results.  This is  because the dom-



 inant contribution  to the acoustic  energy  level  comes from  heavy



 duty  diesel engine trucks that are regulated similarly in both models



 2 and 3.  The maximum difference in  acoustic energy level between



 models 1 and  3 is about 1 dB, which occurs around 1985.



   In assessing the  relative  merits of alternative new truck noise



 levels in terms of the acoustic energy generated, it is important to



 observe how  the truck  population component for a given production



 period in years  builds  up  and/or  decays as a function of calendar



 year.   Figures 8-3 through 8-5 show these results for new truck pro-



 duction in the context of the three models studied.  It is  also instruc-



 tive to note the total truck-miles driven by the various  truck  population



 components as a function of calendar year.  This  relationship is shown



in  Figure  8-6 in  the context  of model 3.  A comparison of Figure



 8-6  with   Figure  8-5 reveals that the  total truck-miles contribution



of a given  truck population component  decays more  rapidly than its



contribution  to total truck population.




                             8-8

-------
                                                                                                  2000
Figure 8-2  Changes in Mlleaee-Weifchted Acoustic Energy Level.

-------
      o
      3
f
<-•
o
                        1975
1980
1935
1S90
                                                                                         1935
                                                                2000
    Figure  8-3  Truck Population  Comoonents bv Truck Model  Years - Model  1

-------
00
                                                                                                     2000
   Figure 8-4  Truck Population Components by Truck Model Years  -  Model  2

-------
         6

-------
T
u>    t
          1970
1975
1980
   1985
Calendar Year
1990
                                                                                             1995
                                                                   2000
           8-6   Breakdown  of  Total Truck-Miles by Truck. Model Years - Mod"!

-------
 LEAD TIME REQUIREMENTS



    Thr juM'iod between the introduction of a design goal Cor a produrl,



 and the  time  the  design goal is met  is  often termed "lead time."



 The actual  length  of  time is  directly related to the complexity and




 the resources available  to  implement  the new designs.   In general



 the sequence  of events involved  in modifying a new  production  truck



 is  as follows.   First, a design goal  is usually selected on the  basis



 of  market or legislative pressure.  The engineering groups responsi-



 ble for the respective truck components  then examine  the design prob-



 lem for  possible  solutions.  Promising solutions  are then either  in



 a prototype version or modeled for testing and  evaluation.   Finally,



 one or more solutions are selected for complete product analysis and



 testing.  This  often includes a field test of durability.



    The  complexity of noise control design changes may be classified



 into two basic modes of engineering operations. For changes in the



 peripheral engine  system (such as mufflers, air filters, cooling fans,



 and the like), noise  control solutions would be implemented by modi-




 fying present  production trucks;  i.e.,  by  specifying certain exhaust



 systems, air filters, fan configurations, and pulley sizes.  Such mod-



 ifications are  made via an "engineering change order. "  For changes



 in  the basic frame  or cab configuration (such as partial enclosures



or larger radiators),  a complete design  sequence could well be re-



quired,  including some reliability testing.
                                   8-14

-------
    The lead time required for either category of design changes var-

ies with the complexity of the  change and available staff,  but some

estimates may be made.  It would appear that from  30 to  180 days

are necessary for most manufacturers  for an  engineering change

order to be completed.  The length of time required for a major new

design varies  for  normal production and assembly planning from  1

to4 years.  In general, enclosing the engine could require cab modi-

fications that could take as much as a year for each cab model of-

fered. Discussions with  manufacturers indicate  That a 1-year lead

time is adequate in terms of being nondisruptive of  regular produc-

tion,  but that  extensive  overall truck redesign could require up to

a  full 4-year  period.    An  example  of  a 4-year development cycle

is given in Reference 4. Figure 8-7 has been reproduced from this

reference.   Concurrent development of similar noise control options

could shorten the overall lead time for a complete product line.
                           PROPER SEdUEKCE AHO TIMIM6
                           TO PRODUCE A QUALITY TRUCK

                 UlLLLiliLJ I! I! 11
                  ttmomtin
                           DUWMS
                              KOTO-
                              TYPES
tara
                              — FOUR YEARS -
        Figure 8-7  Estimated Lead Time for Redesigning a Truck.

        Source;  Reference 4.

    An additional factor in lead time is engineering staff  size and  ca-

 pability.  All truck manufacturers have an engineering staff whose

                                8-15

-------
 size is generally proportional to sales volume.   Consequently, the
 larger companies have bigger staffs with more specialized capabil-
 ities,  including staff specialized in noise control.   The smaller com-
 panies may  be dependent on  their  vendors for  noise  control  to  a
 greater degree than will the  larger firms. Also, smaller companies
 will tend to  rely  on copying  the noise control designs used  by the
 more advanced companies or those  described in  the open literature.
 The increased lead time over large firms required  by the smaller
 manufacturers is  compensated for in part by  the relatively fewer
 models they  produce.  Thus,  while  a large firm  may have eight dif-
 ferent cab designs  to change, the  small firm may have only three
 cab designs to change.
    Varying  lead times have been studied in terms of the noise levels
 for  new trucks considered  in the three models' scenarios.  At each
 noise level,  the complexity of the change and the capabilities required
 to achieve certain noise analyses and reductions are discussed.
    More than 30% of present production trucks have noise levels less
 than 83 dB(A).   Although this is a significant  number  of trucks re-
 flecting some manufacturers'  apparent efforts to comply with the State
 of California  limit  of 83 dB(A),  which becomes effective in 1975,
 many models must be  fitted  with quieter exhaust systems,  cooling
 fans, and engine noise control packages. All these modifications can
be implemented by engineering change orders.  The necessary  engine
exhaust  systems  appear  to be available.   Noise control packages
are also apparently available at this time for those engines that would
require them to meet the California  standard.
                             8-16

-------
    The primary design problem will be to modify the cooling fun.
All truck manufacturers   purchase  the fans from vendors; conse-
quently,  in  an attempt to  quiet fan noise, they will typically buy a
"quiet" fan.   However,  fan noise is as much a function of a fan's
environment as its design.  At the present time, certain technique s
are available  that consistently reduce cooling fan noise; i.e., using
larger diameter, slower rotating fans with proper  shrouding. In ad-
dition,  the  radiator shutters may require replacement by a bypass
type of water temperature  control, or be operated in conjunction with
a thermostatically controlled fan such that the fan never operates with
the shutters closed.
    Incorporating the modifications that may be necessary to continue
producing essentially the same trucks now being produced but satis-
fying the 83 dB(A)  noise level appears  to  be feasible within 1 to  2
years from the date of  promulgation  of   an  83  dB(A) standard.
Most truck  manufacturers indicate that nationwide compliance with
an 83 dB(A)  level  could be achieved by the 1976 model year, with
no significant disruptions in production. This was assuming that new
truck noise regulations were promulgated in the fall of 1974.  There
are indications,  however, that even without a Federal  standard of
83 dB(A) in 1974, the majority of trucks produced in the 1976 model
year will be able to meet that level.
    Of the trucks measured  for sound level,  1% are now at noise
levels under  80  dB(A).    Engine noise is a  prime candidate in  the
quieting strategy for meeting this level,  and certain currently popular
diesel engines will  likely  require some sort of enclosure to meet
                               8-17

-------
 it. Thus,  the lead  time necessary  for a given truck to be produced



 which meets  the  80 dB(A) level will vary  depending  on the engine.



 To accommodate  these  differences, truck lead times will bo dis-



 cussed in terms of  gasoline engines,  "quiet"  diesel  enginos,  and



 "noisy" diesel engines.



    For gasoline engines, which  power 65% of all new medium and



 heavy duty trucks,  engine and  exhaust  noise  do  not  appear to be



 significant problems and no major cab redesign is anticipated,  other



 than possible  modification of the radiator.    Thus, gasoline  engine



 new trucks could reasonably be assumed  to  be  able  to be  quieted



 to meet an 80 dB(A) level  in the same time span as for an 83 dB(A)



 level, that is,  1 to 2 years from the  effective regulation date.



    The quieter diesel  engines,  which are  incoporated in about 23%



 of the trucks  currently produced,  could  need  noise control  covers



 or kits to  obtain the necessary reduction in engine noise.   Such kits



 are not presently available for all  these engines.  Some development



 work could be required  for this effort; however,  it is not believed




 that this would be a  major development program, but rather the adap-



 tation of similar kits from one  engine model line to another,  or the



 development of acoustically treated covers and panels.  Two to three




 years appear  adequate  for such comprehensive development,  which



 would appear to encompass all models of vehicles now being produced.



During this period it may also be necessary for some truck manufac-



turers to apply underhoodacoustic treatment.  Similarly, some cool-



ing system designs could require a modest refinement effort of from



                              8-18

-------
2 to 3 years.  Exhaust systems are now generally available to meet



the 80-dB(A) level. All these measures can, therefore, be relatively



easily  accomplished to provide  the  necessary production capacity



parts and installation  within  a maximum of 3 years of promulgation



of a regulation requiring 80 dB(A).



    The noisier diesel engines,  which constitute about 12% of current



truck production,  will most likely require cab redesign in the form



of a partial engine enclosure, or development of engine quieting tech-



niques to reduce engine noise.    This  would be considered a major



redesign and   a design sequence similar to that illustrated in  Figure



8-7 would  be  necessary.   Cab redesign would probably  include



enlarging the  cab tunnel or  underhood area to accommodate  sound-



absorptive  treatment and larger radiators.   Accordingly,  about 4



years  could be needed to develop a new cab, keeping within a normal,



that is non-disruptive, production planning and implementation cycle.



Most manufacturers  offer several truck models each of which could



require individual major  redesign.   Unlike automobiles,  such truck



redesign is not normally done annually; however, by staggering design



efforts  at,  say, one  year intervals,  three cabs  could be redesigned



 in about  6  years with more efficient  utilization  of engineering staff



than would be possible  with parallel efforts and, consequently, even



 less cost  impact than would reasonably  be expected to result  if a



 shorter period of time were required.



     An alternative solution to truck redesign would be for the manu-



 facturers of  noisy engines  either to  quiet them with noise  control



 covers  or  kits or with  structural or combustion  modifications.   One




                                  8-19

-------
 major engine manufacturing company indicated that if quiet engines
 were  required, it would provide them to its customers.   Assuming
 that this  company does have the ability  to quiet  its engines within a
 3-year lead  time, then major cab redesign would  not  be required
 and the lead time for trucks with these  engines  would be  the same
 as for the quieter diesel  engines; i.e.,   3  years  from the date of
 promulgation of the 80 dB(A) standard.
    Freightliner  currently is operating on the highway a  72 dB(A)
 prototype  developed  under the DOT Quiet Truck Program.  Other
 manufacturers have  built prototype  test trucks with overall  noise
 levels as  low as  72 dB(A), but have not operated them extensively on
 the highway.
    Quieting  strategies and lead times which  may be necessary for
 limiting truck  noise  to  75 dB(A) are again  appropriately  discussed
 according  to whether new production trucks are powered by gasoline
 engines, quiet diesel  engines,  or noisy diesel  engines.  Some diesel
 engines (approximately  5% of the current total new truck production)
 are only slightly noisier than gasoline engines.  Quieting techniques
 could be developed using present production line technology to reduce
their engine source level to less than 70 dB(A). These engines could
then be used to power trucks built without enclosures.  It is believed
that the nondisruptive lead time would be on  the order of that  for
80 dB(A) trucks,  but, with added time allowed to  develop the engine
noise  control covers  and kits, mufflers, and fan systems.   This as-
sumes 2 years to refine certain mufflers to obtain  a 68 dB(A) source
                                  8-20

-------
lovol,  a concurrent one-year period to develop engine  noise control



kits, and  a  two-year development time by manufacturers for the fan



and all  other systems.   If a maximum total lead time for both large



and small manufacturers of about six years was allowed,  following



promulgation of a 75-dB(A) standard,  no significant disruptive effects



would be anticipated within the truck manufacturing or parts  industry.



That is, small manufacturers could perform three successive  model



changes in six years and larger firms with additional resources could



do some of the  work concurrently.



    Noisy dies el engines will  in all  likelihood  require enclosures.



Allowing  two additional  years for enclosure development beyond that



required  to meet 80 dB(A),  the redesign of current production noisy



trucks to meet  a 75-B(A) level could take about 8 years.   However,



new developments in diesel engine technology, such as better covers



for existing engines or improved structural design, could reduce this



lead time considerably.



    In summary, the lead times required by truck manufacturers to



quiet their  products  are best  classified by the engine  used  in the



truck.   The most difficult  quieting problem,  and consequently that



contributing most to establishing the production lead time, is engine



structural noise.  Table 8-5 lists the estimated lead times required



by all truck manufacturers to ensure  that all trucks produced will



meet  the specified noise levels. Lead times are defined as starting



from  the date of promulgation of a standard.



                                8-21

-------
                       TABLE 8-5

      ESTIMATED LEAD TIMES FOR TRUCK PRODUCTION
Noise Level   Gasoline Engines
                  "Quiet"
               Diesel Engines
                "Noisy"
              Diesel Engines
  83 dB(A)

  80 dB(A)

  75 dB(A)
1-2 years

  3 years

  6 years
1-2 years

  3 years

  6 years
2 years

6 years

8 years
                             8-22

-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 8

1.  "1973 Motor Truck Facts," Motor  Vcluclo Manufacturers Asso-
    ciation,  1973.

2.  "A Study  to Determine  the Economic Impact of Noise Emission
    Standards in  the  Medium and Heavy Duty Truck Industry, " A.
    T. Kearney Report (Draft), April 1974.

3.  "1972  Truck  Inventory and  Use Summary"  (Magnetic Tape),
    U. S. Department of Commerce,  Bureau of the Census,  1972.

4.  "Proceedings of the Conference on Motor Vehicle Noise," General
    Motors Corporation Report, June 1973.
                                8-23

-------
                       SECTION 9
              MEASUREMENT METHODOLOGY
INTRODUCTION
     The procedure  for determining whether or not a new truck
complies with a prescribed noise level involves two basic elements,
namely: a  method for performing  a test on a  selected truck and
a method for selecting trucks.  This section deals with the testing
of  selected trucks,  while section 10 discusses a possible selection
process.
    Several tests currently in existence  were  considered by  the
E. P. A. as methods  for testing new production trucks. The Society
of  Automotive   Engineers  test   designated   SAE-J366-b seems
to be the  only test  available with a sufficient data base to permit
its consideration  as   a  test  that  could be  utilized  effectively
in the near term without  extensive  further  evaluation  as to  its
efficacy. It is described in detail in the following paragraphs.
    In addition to the Low Speed High Acceleration  Test, (which  is
the only test which will be used for regulatory purposes), other
tests have been  considered and these are presented along with the
the Low Speed High Acceleration Test to solicit comment and to ob-
tain suggestions which could be useful.  In particular a High Speed
Sound Emission  Test is described.  This  is a modification of the
SAE J 57.   It is described in  some  detail because, should a high
 speed truck noise test be  needed this  test or  a modification of it
 could be utilized.
                               9-1

-------
 LOW-SPEED,  HIGH ACCELERATION TEST



 Introduction



       This test  establishes  the  procedure,  environment,  and in-



 strumentation  for determining the maximum exterior sound  level



 for motor trucks,  truck tractors,  and buses, when they are oper-



 ated under conditions of low speed (under 35 MPH)and high acceler-



 ation.



 In s t r um ent at ion



       The following instrumentation shall be used,  where applica-



 ble, for the measurement required.



 1.  A sound level meter which meets  the  Type 1 requirements of



       of ANSI  SI. 4-1971,  Specification for  Sound  Level Meters.



 2.  As an alternative to making direct measurements using a sound



       level meter, a microphone  or sound level meter shall be used



       with a magnetic tape recorder and/or a graphic level record-



       er or indicating meter, providing the  system meets the re-



       quirements of SAE J184.



 3.  A sound level calibrator.



 4.  An engine-speed tachometer.



 Test Sites



1. A  suitable  test  site  shall  consist  of a  level open space free



      of large  reflecting surfaces,  such as parked vehicles, sign-



      boards,  buildings, or hillsides,  located within  100 ft (30 m)



      of either the vehicle path or the microphone.  See  Fig.  9-1.



2. The microphone  shall be located  50 ft (15 m) from the  center-



      line of the vehicle path  and 4 ft  (1.2 m)  above the ground



      plane.  The normal to the  vehicle path from the microphone



                                 9-2

-------
                                                                           Zone In Which
                                                                           To Reach
                                                                           Max Rated RPM
Dimension* In
Feet (Meter*)
           FIGURE 9-3.  MINIMUM UNIDIRECTIONAL TEST SIT*

-------
      shall establish the microphone on the vehicle path.



 3.  An acceleration point  shall  be  established on the vehicle path



       50 ft (15 m) before the microphone point.



 4.  An end point shall be established on the vehicle path 100 ft (30 m)



       from the acceleration point and 50 ft  (15 m) from the micro-



       phone point.



 5.  The  end  zone  is the last 40 ft  (12 m)  of vehicle prior to the



       end point.



 6.  The  measurement area  shall be the triangular area formed by



       the  acceleration point, the  end  point,  and the  microphone



       location.



 7.  The  reference  point on  the  vehicle,  to indicate when the ve-



       hicle is  at any of the  points on the vehicle path, shall be the



       front of the vehicle except as follows:



       a.  If the horizontal distance from  the front of the vehicle



          to  the exhaust outlet is more than 200 in (5080 mm),



          tests shall be made using both the front and rear of the



          vehicle as reference points.



      b.  If the engine is located rearward to the center of the chas-



          sis, the rear of the vehicle shall be used as the reference



          point.



8.  During measurement, the surface of the ground within the mea-



      surement area shall be free from powdery snow, long grass,



          loose soil,  and ashes.



9.  Because bystanders  have an  appreciable influence on meter re-



      sponse when they are  in the vicinity of the vehicle or micro-



      phone, not more  than one person,  other than the  observer



                             9-4

-------
      reading the meter, shall be within 50 ft (15 m) of the vehicle
      path or instrument, and that person shall be directly behind
      the observer reading the meter, on a line through the micro-
      phone and the observer.
   10. The  ambient  sound  level  (including wind effects) coming
       from  sources  other than the vehicle being measured shall
       be at least 10 dB(A) lower than the level of the tested vehicle.
   11. The vehicle path shall be relatively smooth, dry concrete or
       asphalt, free of extraneous material such as  gravel.
Procedure
    1. Vehicle operation - full  throttle acceleration and  closed
       throttle deceleration tests are to be used. A beginning engine
       speed and proper gear ratio must be determined for use dur-
       ing measurements.
    2. Select  the  highest  rear axle and/or  transmission gear
       ("highest gear" is used in the usual sense; it is synonymous
       to the lowest  numerical  ratio and  an  initial  vehicle speed
       such that  at wide-open throttle the vehicle will  accelerate
       from the acceleration point):
    3.  a. Starting at no  more  than two-thirds (66%) of maximum
           rated or of governed engine speed.
        b.  Reaching  maximum  rated or  governed  engine speed
            within the end zone.
        c.  Without exceeding 35 mph (56 km/h) before reaching the
            end point.
     4.  Should maximum rated or governed rpm be attained  before
        reaching the  end zone, decrease the approach rpm  in  100
        rpm increments until maximum  rated or governed rpm is
                               9-5

-------
   attained within the end zone.



 5. Should  maximum  rated or governed  rpm not be attained until



   beyond  the   end  zone,  select the next  lower gear until



   maximum rated or governed  rpm is attained within  the end



   zone.



 6. Should  the lowest gear still result in reaching maximum rated



   or  governed rpm beyond  the  permissible  end zone, unload



   the vehicle and/or  increase  the approach  rpm in  100 rpm



   increments until  the maximum  rated  or  governed rpm is



   reached within the end zone.



 7. For  the  acceleration  test,   approach the  acceleration point



   using the  engine speed and gear ratio selected in paragraphs



   1-6 and at the acceleration point rapidly establish wide-open



   throttle. The vehicle reference shall be as indicated in para-



   graph 7.  Acceleration shall  continue until maximum rated



   or governed engine speed is reached.



8. Wheel   slip  which  affects maximum  sound  level  must  be



   avoided.



9. For the deceleration test,  approach  the  microphone point



   at maximum rated  or  governed engine  speed in  the  gear



   selected for the acceleration test. At the microphone point,



   close the throttle and allow the vehicle to decelerate to one-half



   of maximum rated or of governed engine speed.  The vehicle



   reference  shall be as indicated  in paragraph 7.  If the ve-



  hicle is  equipped with an  exhaust brake,  this deceleration test



  is to be repeated with the brake full on immediately  following



  closing of  the throttle.




                            9-6

-------
Measurements



   1.  The  meter   shall  be set  for  "fast"  response  and the A-



weighted network used.



   2.  The meter shall be observed during  the  period while  the



vehicle is accelerating or decelerating.  The applicable reading shall



be the highest sound level obtained for the run. The observer shall



rerun the test if unrelated  peaks should occur due to extraneous



ambient noises. Readings shall betaken on both sides of the vehicle.



   3.  The sound level  for each side of the vehicle shall be the aver-



age of the two highest  readings within 1 dB of each other. Roport



the sound level for the side of the vehicle with the highest readings.



General  Comments



   1.   Measurements  shall  be made only  when  wind velocity is



below 12 mph (19 km/hr).



   2. Technically  trained personnel shall select the  equipment to



be used  for the  test measurements and the tests  shall be conducted



only  by persons trained in  the  techniques of sound measurement.



   3.  Proper usage of all test instrumentation is essential to obtain



valid measurements.  Operating  manuals or other literature furn-



ished by the instrument manufacturer shall be referred to and shall



be the principal  reference   for  both  recommended operation of the



instrument and precautions to be observed,  except where they may



be in conflict with theE.P;. A< prescribed procedures,  in which case



the latter shall govern.  Specific items to be considered are:



                                 9-7

-------
   a. The effects of ambient weather conditions on the performance
 of the instruments (for example, temperature, humidity, and baro-
 metric  pressure)  should be taken into account.
   b. Proper  signal levels, terminating  impedances,  and cable
 lengths should be  maintained on all multi-instrument measurement
 systems.
   c. The effect of extension cable  and other components should be
 taken into  account in the calibration procedure.   Field calibration
 shall be   made immediately before and after each test sequence.
 Internal calibration means is acceptable  for field use, provided
 that external  calibration is accomplished immediately before or
 after field use.
   4. Vehicles being tested shall not be operated in a manner such
 that the  break-in procedure  specified  by  the  manufacturer
 is violated.
 References
   Suggested reference material is as follows:
        ANSI SI. 1-1960, Acoustical Terminology
        ANSI SI. 2-1967, Physical Measurement of Sound
        ANSI SI.4-1971, Specification for Sound Level Meters
Applications  for copies  of these documents should be addressed to
the American National  Standards  Institute, Inc.,  1430 Broadway,
New York.  New York 10018.
                                 9-8

-------
MODIFICATION TO SAE-J366b
   The process of developing a suitable test for truck noise emission
is a continuing one. The  present SAE J366b is the third stage in the
SAE effort,  the first.and second stages being labelled SAE J366 and
SAE J388a. A fourth modification, suggested by the National Bureau
of Standards,  is described in reference (1). In the following sections
some of the difficulties identified by the U.S. E. P. A. associated with
SAE J366b  are discussed,  and considerations are presented which
may be helpful in the generation of the next  modification, or in the
development of other future tests.
Nature  of the Source
    As the truck,  under test, traverses the vehicle path (Fig. 9.2.3.1)
it behaves as a variable acoustic source.  For example, exhaust noise,
engine surface radiated noise and cooling fan noise all vary with time
during the test. This implies that during the test,  the truck (regarded
as  an  acoustic source) is changing its  acoustic power output, its
directivity pattern and its spectrum as a function of time and  conse-
quently also as a function  of its position.  A truck under test is a
complicated acoustic source and the     'optimum manner to charac-
terize its acoustic behavior would appear to  warrent further study.
Modifications
    Several areas in  the present SAE J366b standard which  appear
worthy of further study are:
                              9-9

-------
     Geometry;   The total length of path available to the test vehicle



 is 100 feet.  It may be  that  increasing this distance, as well as



 that allotted to the end zone,  would  reduce the  number of trials



 required to achieve maximum engine rpm inside the presently  de-



 fined  end zone.



     It is necessary to  know where a vehicle is located when it is



 radiating sound during a test.   This information  is needed to prop-



 erly combine and/or interpret  sound level readings taken simultan-



 eously at several  microphones.  In addition, a  time  base is needed



 to define simultaneity for multimicrophone data.  For example, in



 the  SAE J366b Standard  a constant power  source  at the beginning of



 the  end  zone produces  about a 2. 8-dB higher sound level reading at



 the  test  microphone than the  same  source located  at the far  end



 ">f the end zone.  Knowledge of truck position would minimize this



 type of discrepancy. Position /time  measurements  are also neces-



 sary to establish the directivity characteristics of the truck radiated



 noise,



    Microphones.  The measurement  of a moving variable source,



 such as a truck moving on a straight path, requires more than  one



 microphone if significant results are to be  obtained.    For example,



 it  it it? assumed that the sound  levels anywhere on a  line parallel



 to and spaced 50 ft away from  the line of travel  of a truck  is  the



 significant quantity for truck noise  measurement,  then it is clear



 that  a  single fixed microphone will see only what the source radiates



 at  a single  angle at  a  single distance  at a single instant of time.



At that same instant of time the source directivity pattern may be



                               9-10

-------
such as to radiate a higher intensity of  sound in some other direction



than that of  the  microphone.   Since the directivity  pattern  can  be



changed with time,  the  microphone may  never have  detected this



higher intensity if  it had  occurred.  A suitable ensemble of micro-



phones  would have  detected it.   Another case could occur in which the



single microphone  would not  see a maximum directivity pattern; that



is, if the  maximum occurred in the angular range,  0  to 45  degrees



•where the angle is measured from the line of travel to  the maximum.



This would be true for both the front and rear of the truck.



      Of the 180 degrees of  horizontal  directivity pattern that  exists



on one  side  of a truck,  the SAE J366b  microphone  looks at only 90.



That is, only one  half of the angular spread  of the directivity pattern



is examined.  Trucks are not  omnidirectional  sources, as the data in



references 1 and 2 show. The question of how best to deploy a  multi-



microphone  test ensemble requires  attention.   This includes a study



of the  optimum  number of  microphones as well  as  their  three-



dimentional  spatial distribution.



Test Site



       At  the  test  site,  there  certain parameters  not  adequately



covered in SAE J366b.  These  are:



        1.   The accoustical characteristics  of the surface of the site.



           Acoustically "hard11 surfaces such as concrete tend to absorb



           less acoustic  energy than soft ones, such as dirt, grass cover,



           or fresh asphalt.   Also,  acoustic interference effects  are



           different for these  cases.  It,  therefore, is desirable to specify
                                 9-11

-------
    the surface of the test  site  so that this source of error  is



    eliminated.



 2.  There have been indications that,  when the test site surface



    deviates from  planarity,  anomalous  acoustical results are



    obtained. This  question requires  further study and a deter-



    mination should be  made  of the degree of flatness necessary



    for accurate acoustic measurements.



 3.  The air temperature at the sites  as well as  the barometric



    pressure and humidity all  affect the acoustic levels measured



    in any given test.  An effort should  be made to develop suitable



    correction procedures for these variations.



 4.  An additional effect  is  that  of temperature gradient.   The



    size of this effect  is not presently known in truck noise emis-



    sion tests. It could  be important,  especially at sites where



    the surface is asphalt.  In  the summer  the hot asphalt surface-



    could produce a substantial temperature  gradient. The gra-



    dient tends to bend  sound  "rays" and could produce different



    readings at a test microphone than if there were no gradient.



 5.  Noise emission  tests are presently conducted in the open air.



    This is satisfactory from an acoustic  point of view.   How-



    ever,   it makes the  test  schedule weather  dependent.   The



    usefulness   of developing a practical weatherproof  structure



    in  which a passby test could be performed is suggested for



    consideration.



6.  The instrumentation  delineated  in SAE  J366b has been largely



    superseded by rapid  advances in this field.  It is consequently



                        9-12

-------
       dated  as it implies manual   data   collection  and  data pro-



       cessing.  These  techniques  can be updated and automated by



       the  use of digital computers. It should be possible to have



       the  test  result displayed within  seconds after the truck has



       driven past the ensemble of test microphones.



HIGH SPEED SOUND EMISSION TEST PROCEDURE



  This is a test procedure  for measuring the sound level produced



by tires intended  primarily for highway use  on motor  trucks,  truck



tractors,  trailers and  semitrailers,  and buses.  The procedure pro-



vides for the  measurement of the sound generated  by tires, mounted



on a motor  vehicle at specified  tire load and  operated  at  50  mph (80



km/h).



  Specifications for the instrumentation,  the  test site, and the opera-



tion of the  test  vehicle are set forth to minimize the effects of extran-



eous sound sources and to define the basis of reported levels.



Instrumentation



  The following instrumentation shall be used:



   1.  A sound level  meter  that  satisfies the  type  1 requirements of



      ANSI SI. 4-1971,  Specifications for  Sound Level  Meters; or



   2.  As an alternative to making  direct measurements  using a sound



      level meter, a  microphone or sound level  meter  shall be used



      with  a magnetic tape  recorder and/or  a graphic level recorder



      or indicating meter,  providing the  system meets the requirements



      of SAE J184, with "slow" response specified  in place of "fast"



      response.



                            9-13

-------
   3. An acoustical  calibrator for establishing the calibration of the



      sound level meter and associated instrumentation.



   4. An anemometer.



 Test Site



   The test site must be located in a flat area free of reflecting surfaces



 (other than the ground), such as parked vehicles, trees, or buildings



 within 100 ft (30 m)  of the measurement area.



   The vehicle path shall be relatively smooth,  semipolished,  dry,  port-



 land concrete free of extraneous surface material.



   The microphone shall be located 50 ft (15  m) from  the centerline of



 the vehicle path   at a height of  4 ft (1. 2 m) above the ground plane.



 The normal to the vehicle path from the microphone shall establish the



 microphone point on the vehicle path.  See  Fig.  9-2.



   The test zone extends 50 ft (15  m)  on either side of the microphone



 point along the vehicle path.   The measurement area  is the triangular



 area formed by the  point of entrance into the test zone,  point of exit



 from the test  zone,  and the microphone.



   The measurement  area shall be surfaced with concrete, asphalt or



 similar  hard material,  and  in any event shall be free  of  powdery



 snow, grass, loose soil, crashes,  or other sound-absorbing materials.



   The ambient sound level (including wind effects) at the test site shall



be at least 10 dB below the level of the test  vehicle operated in accord-



ance with the test procedure.



  The wind speed  in the measurement area shall be less than 12 mph



(19 km/hr)



                             9-14

-------
         Dimensions In
         Feet (Maters)
FIGURE 9-2  TEST SITE.

-------
 Vehicle
   The vehicle shall be a motor vehicle equipped with the set of tires it
 will  have  when   it  enters  commerce,  that is, when it is delivered
 to the first person who in good faith purchases  the motor vehicle for
 purposes other than resale.   The tire specifications must be recorded
 for each tire.
 Tires
   The tires shall be inflated  to  the maximum  pressure  and loaded
 to the maximum load specified by the  Tire and Rim Association for
 continous  operation  at highway speeds exceeding 50 mph  (80 km/h).
   If local  load  limits will not  permit a full rated load,  the test may
 be conducted at the local limit with inflation pressure reduced to pro-
 vide  a tire deflection equal to the maximum load and inflation pressure,
 provided  the load is not less than  75% of the maximum rated  load.
 hocause this may cause small differences in (sound) levels,  such levels
 may  not be reported absolute unless they are identified with  the percent
 of load used.  Sound levels obtained  when the loading  is  (P)  percent
 must be corrected by adding the quantity     \O Lo&    ffo° \
  t<  the measured  values .
 Procedure
  The test vehicle shall be operated in such a manner (e. g. , coasting)
 that the  sound level  due to  the engine and  other  mechanical sources
 IH minimized throughout the test zone. The vehicle speed at the micro-
phone point shall be 50 mph (80 km/h).
  The sound  level meter shall be set for "slow" response and the A-
weighting network. The observer shall record the highest level attained
                             9-16

-------
during each pass of the test vehicle, excluding readings where known
acoustical interferences have occurred.
  Alternatively, each pass of the test vehicle  shall be recorded on
magnetic  tape and subsequently analyzed  with  a sound level meter
and/or graphic level recorder.
  There shall  be  at  least  three measurements.   The number  of
measurements shall  equal  or  exceed the range  in decibels of the level
obtained.
  The sound level reported shall be the average  of the two highest road-
ings within  2 dB of each other.
General Comments
  Measurements shall be made only when wind velocity is  below 12 mph
 (19 km/hr).
  Technically  trained   personnel shall  select   the  equipment to be
 used for  the  test measurements and the tests  shall be conducted only
 by  persons trained in the techniques of sound measurements.
   I  roper usatjre of all test instrumentation is essential to obtain valid
 measurements.   Operating manuals or other  literature furnished by
 the  instrument  manufacturer shall be referred to and shall be the prin-
 cipal  reference for both recommended operation of the instrument and
 precautions to  be observed,  except where they may be in conflict with
 the  EPA  prescribed procedures, in which  case the latter shall  govern.
 Specific items to  be considered are:
     1. Specifications for orientation of the microphone relative to the
        ground  plane and  the  source of  sound should be adhered to.
                                9-17

-------
       (Assume that the sound  source-  is  located  at the microphone



       point.)



   2.  The effects of ambient weather conditions on the performance of



       the instruments (e. g.,  temperature, humidity, and  barometric



       pressure) should be taken into account.



   3.  Proper signal levels, terminating impedances, and cable lengths



       should be maintained  on  all  multi-instrument  measurement



       systems.



   4.  The effect of extension cables and other components  should be



       taken into account in the calibration procedure. Field calibration



       should be  made immediately before and after each test sequence.



       Internal calibration means are acceptable for field use, provided



       that external  calibration is  accomplished immediately before or



       after field use.



   5.  The effect of  extension cables  and other components should be



taken into account in the calibration procedure.  Field calibration shall



be made immediately before and  after each  test sequence.   Internal



calibration means are acceptable for field use, provided that external



calibration  is accomplished  immediately  before or after field use.



OTHER TEST PROCEDURES



   In the course of preparing this  document test procedures other



than  SAE J366b were considered.  They included:



   1.  Stationary Run-Up  (Idle -  Maximum -  Idle -  IMI).   In this



       test the engine  is  initially in an idle  condition.  It is rapidly



       accelerated by maintaining a wide open throttle and then decel-



       erated by quickly closing the throttle. In this test, the engine's



                               9-18

-------
   own intertia provides the load.



b. Stationary-Run-Up  (Steady  State).   In this  test the truck



   wheels are required to drive a load.   The engine is  then ac-



   celerated to maximum rpm and maintained there for a short



   time.   This  type of test  permits more time  for conducting



   the test and  it does  not  depend upon transient  peak noise



   emission as in the IMI test.   However,  the  development  of



   a satisfactory loading procedure, which  itself does  not pro-



   duce noise (which  could interfere with the test), is  a matter



   of  some uncertainty.  Several loading techniques have been



   suggested, such as coupling an inertia load to the wheels and



   at the same  time jacking up the rear wheels. Another sug-



   gestion is to use the vehicle's own brake as a loading device.



   The use of dynamometer  rollers, either  free  or  loaded, has



   also been suggested.



       The possibility of performing stationary run-up tests inside



   an enclosure, in order to make the procedure weatherproof,



   has also been considered.



3. In addition  to stationary  run-up-type  tests there exists  the



   possibility of developing  a weatherproof  passby  test.  This



   entails covering a. suitable length of test track with a canopy



   that can adequately shield the  track from the elements.  At



    a certain portion of the  track  the  heavy  weather  resistant



    canopy is replaced by a thin,  tough plastic canopy.  This thin



    canopy is light enough to exhibit a very small acoustic trans-




                          9- 19

-------
        mission loss but is also strong enough to be reasonably weather
        resistant.    The measuring microphones are  placed  outside
        the  thin canopy at  essentially the same positions they occupy
        in open air  testing.   They  too are protected by coverings
        of the same thin, tough plastic.
          The feasibility of developing this kind of test is by no means
        means assured.  However,  its ultimate utility and its initial
        apparent "do-ability"  suggest that it  should  be considered
        further.
    All  of the above tests  appear to  have the capability of being de-
veloped into short (approximately 2 minute) tests and this aspect of
the test development should be carefully considered.
SUMMARY
    This section has presented:
    1.  The details of the SAE J366b noise  emission test as  a can-
       didate for  the  standard  test  for new truck noise emission
       regulation
    2.  Some considerations for  further  development of SAE J366b
    3.  A brief discussion  on other tests considered for use in the
       measurement of new truck noise
                             9-20

-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 9
1 .   Ben H. Sharp, "Research on Highway Noise Measurement Silos,'
      Wyle Laboratories   Research  Staff   Report  WCR  72-1,
      p.  99 - 105, March 1972.

2.  J.  W.  Thompson,  "An Engineering Approach to Diesel Truck
      Noise Reduction," SAE  Preprint 730713.  Portland, Ore. meet-
      ing, August 20-23, 1973.
                               9-21

-------
                          SUCTION  10



                         WNI-'OIU'KMKIMT



GENERAL



    Enforcement  of new product noise emission standards applicable



to new medium and heavy duty trucks may be accomplished through



certification or production verification testing of vehicle configura-



tions,  assembly  line testing using continuous testing (sample testing



or  100% testing), or selective  enforcement  auditing of  production



vehicles and in-use compliance programs.  The predominant  portion



of any certification or  production  verification testing and assembly



line vehicle testing can be carried out by the manufacturer and audited



or confirmed by  authorized government personnel as necessary.



    Any test used for certification or production verification  testing,



and any test used for  assembly line testing of production vehicles,



should be  the same test or else correlative so that compliance may



be accurately    determined.   Measurement   methodologies  which



appear  applicable  both for  certification  or production verification



testing  and any  assembly line testing are the EPA Low Speed High



Acceleration and the EPA High Speed Test.



CERTIFICATION



     Certification is  the testing of selected prototype products by a



 manufacturer  or by the government in order to determine whether the



 products conform to a standard.  Certification serves the purpose of



 verifying that  a  manufacturer has the technology  in hand  or "avail-



 able" and, where required,  it may be used to verify that the applied



 technology will  last  for some period of use.




                                 10-1

-------
    Certification may involve  the testing of  every configuration of



a manufactuturer's production to verify whether each conforms,  or



configurations may be grouped into categories with  similar emission



characteristics  and  only  selected  configurations  tested.  The con-



figurations  tested  are  then  considered representative of the other



untested configurations in a category.



    The concept  of certification has associated with  it tho issue of



approval by  the government  after a manufacturer  has demonstrated



conformity through testing.



    Because  certification normally deals with a few prototype vehi-



les, it does  not give any  indication of the conformance of the manu-



facturer's  product with standards.   The ability  of a manufacturer



to apply the technology to a prototype  model does not necessarily



mean that  actual production  line vehicles will also conform.  Veri-



fication that production models conform can be made only  by actual



testing of production  models.





PRODUCTION VERIFICATION



    Production verification is the testing of selected pilot line (first



production) models by a manufacturer or by the government to verify



whether  a  manufacturer has the technology in hand  and is  capable



of applying the  technology  in a manufacturing process.  The tested



pilot line models (or first  production  models) must  conform with



the standard prior to any distribution into commerce of that  model.



    Production verification  does not involve any formal governmental



approval  or  issuance of certificates  subsequent  to  manufacturer
                             10-2

-------
testing, nor is any extensive testing required  of the government.
Any regulations would require that prior to distribution into commerce
of any manufactured configuration,  as defined within the regulations,
the configuration  must  undergo production verification.   A vehicle
model would be considered to have  been production verified after the
manufacturer  has  shown,  based  on the  application of  the  noise
measurement tests, that a  configuration  or configurations of that
model conform to the  standard.  Production verification testing  of
all configurations produced by  a manufacturer  may not be required
where  a   manufacturer  can establish that the noise levels of some
configurations within a model are consistently higher than others  or
are always  representative of other configurations.   In such a case,
the higher emitter would be the only configuration requiring verifi
cation.  After initial verification manufacturers  must re-verify when-
ever they implement engineering changes to their products that are
likely to  adversely affect  noise emissions.    Additionally,  further
testing on some continuing or other periodic  basis of production line
products will still be  necessary to ensure, with  some  confidence,
that  all products being manufactured conform to the standards prior
to being distributed into commerce.
     Production verification provides the government with confidence
 that  production models will conform to  the standards. It also limits
 the possibility that nonconforming vehicles will be distributed in com-
 merce because initial testing  is  performed on  pilot line or  first
 production models. Because the possibility still exists that subsequent
 models may not  conform,  assembly line vehicle  testing should be
                              10-3

-------
made  a part  of any  enforcement  strategy  in  order  to  determine



whether production vehicles continue to conform to the standard.



ASSEMBLY LINE TESTING



    Assembly line testing of production vehicles is  a process by which



vehicles, as they are completed on the assembly  line, are tested to



determine whether they conform to applicable standards. This deter-



mination as to  whether production vehicles comply with the standard



can be made  by the  use of either continuous 100%  testing of newly



assembled  vehicles,  or testing of representative samples of newly



produced vehicles and drawing inferences with regard to the conform-



ity with the standard  of other newly assembled vehicles.  In the case



of the production of nominally identical vehicle configurations,  which



exhibit  the same  or  similar noise emission characteristics through



the application of the same or similar noise attentuation technology,



the use of sample testing is  a realistic way of determining compliance



by other untested vehicles produced by a manufacturer.



Continuous  100% Testing



    In the absence of a short, inexpensive  test, 100% testing can be



costly  and time consuming  and in most cases  unnecessary  in the



absence  of  some  justification to the  contrary since sample testing



can yield the desired result.  At this  time,  100% testing is not pro-



posed as a primary enforcement tool;  however,  100% testing may be



required  should a manufacturer be discovered   producing noncon-



forming vehicles.



Sample Testing



    Sample testing involves  the  testing of a percentage of vehicles



                           10-4

-------
on some continuous  basis or the auditing of production line vehicles



on some random basis or for cause. An auditing strategy would enable



the government to determine if production vehicles meet promulgated



emission  standards  and provide  a  deterrent to the distribution  in



commerce of nonconforming products.  An auditing strategy involves



the testing of a  representative number of  production  vehicles in a



random fashion.   Because the number of vehicles tested under an



auditing strategy is nominal, the cost and effort associated with imple-



mentation of such a strategy  for a conforming manufacturer is only



a fraction of the cost of a program involving continuous testing because



fewer vehicles are involved.



    Any sampling  strategy adopted  by  the  government  would  not



necessarily impose a quality control or quality assurance scheme upon



a manufacturer,  but would merely audit the conformity of his products



and provide a  deterrent to the distribution  in commerce  of  noncon-



forming products.





ENFORCEMENT ACTION



    The prohibitions in the Act would be violated where the manufac-



turer fails to properly certify  or  verify the conformance of production



vehicles,  where it is determined on the basis of assembly line  testing,



or other  information, that  nonconforming  production vehicles  are



knowingly being  distributed   into commerce, or where the manufac-



turer fails to comply with an Administrator's order specifying appro-



priate relief where  nonconformity is  determined.



                               10-5

-------
REMEDIES



    In addition to the criminal  penalties  associated  with  violations



of the prohibitions of the Act, which include fines and imprisonment.



the Administrator has  the  option of issuing an order  specifying such



relief as  he determines necessary  to protect the public health and



welfare.    Such an    order could include the  requirement  that  a



manufacturer recall  products distributed into commerce not in con-



formity with the regulations, and that  a  manufacturer  effect  any



remedies whether or not the manufacturer had knowledge of the non-



conformity.  Such recall orders would be issued in situations where



assembly   line  testing demonstrated that vehicles  of a particular



configuration  had been distributed into  commerce not in conformity



with the applicable noise emission standards.



LABELING



    Any enforcement  strategies could be accompanied by the require-



ment for  labeling of products being distributed  into commerce. The



label will  provide notice  to a buyer and user  that the product is sold



in conformity with applicable regulations, that the vehicle possesses



noise attenuation devices and that such items should not be removed



or rendered inoperative. The label should also indicate the associated



liability for such removal or rendering inoperative.








inoperative.



IN-USE COMPLIANCE



     If the goal  of protecting the public  health  and welfare is to be



fully achieved, the noise levels of vehicles must  not degrade above





                               10-6

-------
the standards prescribed for assembly line vehicles.  The standards




should therefore extend over the life  of the products, as authorized



by the Act.   Several compliance strategies can be used to ensure the



maintenance of  standards'.  The manufacturer is  required (by Section



6(d)(D) to warrant for the life of the vehicle that it conformed to stand-



ards at the  time of  initial sale.    Recall  is an  appropriate  remedy



(under Section ll(d)(l)) to require the manufacturer to remedy a class



of vehicles  that fails to conform  while in actual  use, despite proper



maintenance and operation.  The  tampering with noise emission con-



trol devices and elements of desLgn Is prohibited by  Section l!)(a)(2).



Finally,   the manufacturer can  be required  (by  Section  6(c)(l)>  l<»



provide instructions to purchasers specifying  the maintenance, use,



and repair to keep the vehicle within standards.
                             10-7

-------
                         SECTION  11
                 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS
    Whenever action  is taken to control one form of environmental
pollution, there are  possible spinoff effects on other environmental
or natural  resource  factors.   In this  section the single effects of
truck noise control on air and  water pollution,  solid  waste disposal,
energy and natural resource consumption,  and land  use considera-
tions will be  evaluated.
    It is useful to  recall  that the principal  sources  of truck  power
train noise are  the  fan,  engine, and  exhaust.   Fan noise  control
involves the use  of  more efficient, large,  slowly turning fans and
fan clutches  that disengage  the fan entirely when fan cooling of the
engine is not required.  Engine noise reduction is achieved by means
of damped and vibration-isolated engine components  and enclosures.
Exhaust  noise  is  principally  controlled through the  use of  more
effective mufflers.

AIR
    The major potential  effect  on air  pollution from the noise  con-
trol measures described above would be an increase in engine exhaust
emissions as a result of an increase in exhaust  system back pres-
sure (Reference  1).    Truck  exhaust  mufflers have been  designed
and tested that adequately  reduce exhaust noise without  exceeding
engine manufacturers  back pressure specifications.   Accordingly,
no increase in air pollution is  to  be  expected from noise  control

                             11-1

-------
related to exhaust mufflers. Air intake systems modifications, should

they be necessary,  are not expected to result in any change in vehicle

performance or increase air emissions.


WATER AND SOLID WASTE

    There are no significant impacts that would apparently result from

 truck noise  control  on  either  water  quality  or   solid  waste

disposal.


ENERGY AND NATURAL RESOURCE CONSUMPTION

    There are several ways in which  noise control may affect energy

consumption.   The major  factor is the use of fans that can be dis-

engaged when not required. Fax (Reference 2) develops the following

estimates of fuel savings  in  gallons  per mile per unit  of  accessory

horsepower not used.

                                   Truck Category
                                 Medium       Heavy
         Engine Type             Duty         Duty

          Gasoline                .0035         .0019

          Diesel                 .0019         .0010

Also, the following  annual mileages by truck category apply:*

                                  Truck Category
                                 Medium       Heavy
          Engine Type             Duty          Duty

           Gasoline               10,000       18,000

           Diesel                 21,000       54,000
* Data reduced from U.S. Bureau of Census, 1973.

                               11-2

-------
Finally,  the following number of trucks  were in use in  1972 (see

Sections  3 and 8).

                                    Truck Category
                                 Medium        Heavy
         Engine Type              Duty	Duty

           Gasoline             2,335,000      509,000

           Diesel                  41,000      648,000



    Combining  the  data in  the above  three  tables,  as  well as the

estimated savings of 6 hp for gasoline trucks and 15 hp  for  gaso-

line trucks and 15 hp  for  diesel trucks,  shows that if  all trucks were

equipped with large  thermostatically  controlled fans, approximately

one billion gallons of  fuel  would have been saved in 1972,  more than

that actually consumed.

    A secondary energy effect  might involve  decreases in  engine ef-

ficiency  as a result  of increased exhaust  system   back  pressure.

Since exhaust systems can generally  be made to meet engine manu-

facturers back pressure specifications, any effect on fuel consump-

tion in this area is  expected  to  be  minor.   Further,  there is no

empirical  evidence  that  acoustically effective mufflers necessarily

create high back pressure.

    Another potential secondary  effect on  fuel  consumption  is  the

increased truck rolling resistance attributable to  the weight of noise

control materials.   The weight  of noise-reducing materials  varies

from a few pounds for a  thermostatic  fan clutch or compliant engine

mounts  to  potentially  several  hundred   pounds   for  an  engine

enclosure.  Even several  hundred pounds,  however, represents only a

                              11-3

-------
fraction of one percent of the total vehicle weight of medium and heavy



trucks. Since only a small fraction of the energy generated by a truck



engine is used to overcome rolling resistance (most is used to over-



come aerodynamic drag), the  effect of additional  weight on energy



and hence on fuel consumption is considered inconsequential.



    Effects on the consumption of other natural resources are expected



to ho small.     As indicated, no  more than the addition of several



hundred pounds per truck are likely to be required for noise treatment,



under models 2 and 3  used earlier in this document.  This is a small



fraction of the roughly 25,000  to 30,000  Ibs   per  tractor/trailer



vehicle.





LAND USE



   The expected effect of a  Federal new truck regulation on land use



could conceivably  be  favorable.   For example, land bordering on



highways  and streets  could become more desirable for residential



and commercial use  as  the  environmental noise from medium and



heavy trucks is reduced.  However, should the foregoing not be the



case, it can  certainly be stated that Federal regulations would not



adversely affect land use.
                                     11-4

-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 11
1.  Bender and Patterson,  "The Technology  and Costs  of  Quieting
   Medium and Heavy Trucks, " BBN Report  2710, 1974.


2.  Fax, G. E.,  "Costs of Operating Quiet Trucks, " BBN Tech Memo
   190, 1974.
                               11-5

-------
 APIM2NDK A:  DRRIVATION OK HASIC SITHATIOINTA1, MODKL EQUATIONS





     In Section 6,  Tables 6-6 and 6-7 presented the calculated truck



 noise levels  (in dB(A) measured at 50 ft from the truck), which, if



 permitted, would raise the sound level at a particular site  10 dB(A)



 above the appropriate ambient  level  assumed  to have existed  prior



 to the passage of the  truck.  These  calculations  are based on  the



 standard acoustic concepts presented below.



    A truck is regarded as a random  isotropic  acoustic source whose



 acoustic power output is characterized by a spectral density  W(4) in



.watts per  hertz at frequency -f .  It is also assumed that this acoustic



 power is radiated into a half space.  These as sum pt ions imply  that



  X-(-f),  the  intensity spectral  density of the source, is  the panic on



 the  surface of any hemisphere in the half space which has the source



 at its center.  It  is  given by
                                                ,
                                  (Watts  ?cr cm*  per Hz.)   (A.l)
                      STT/I
 where   f\  is the distance in cm  from the source to  a field point



 of interest.  For the purposes of this analysis it will lie  assumed that



 the  activity site     structure,  upon which tin-truck noise impinges



 is at some .single representative distance  from  the source.   This



 distance is the/t in Equation (A.I).
                                     A-l

-------
    Now let the surface area of the structure of interest be composed



 of /T\  different  types of partitions (i.e.,  walls, windows,  etc.) and



 let the  C  type have an area At and a transmission coefficient *C;(4).



 Also let  I^$)  be the intensity spectral density transmitted through



 the   i "* type surface.  Then the total power spectral density



 transmitted into the structure is
                            »

                        =  £
m
     *.   •»  i f t
                                (A.
 Here,
                                                            (A. 3)
Thus,


               wrcn  =
        «-M
                                                            (A. 4)
 The transmittance  T ff ) for the composite surface is defined by






                  TCW=  E  AttiW.                (A. 5)




                      I

 By Equations (A. 4) and (A. 5).
                                                           (A>6)
                                A-2

-------
    It is noted  that transmission coefficients         are not custom-


 arily reported directly in the literature.  Transmission loss


 is usually given in decibels.   The quantities  "tT^Cf)  and


 are related as follows:
                        =   IQ         tW)              (A. 7)
Thus,


                              -   10           J .          (A.8)
      The acoustic energy^ produced  by the truck with acoustic


 power density Vf(f),which  has been  transmitted from  the outside


 environment to  the activity site interior  can now be  estimated


For thiSjthe well-known architectural acoustics formula
                S — J.—i..  - mean intensity spectral density    (A. 9)

                    Aw
                            (watts per cm* per Hz)


                             inside the room




 is employed,  where A\t) is  the total number of absorption units inside


                *i«    A / f\
 the room in cm .  /\\r/is  customarily given  in square feet  and is




 then called  Sabins. Absorption units in cm  are more  convenient in the
present instance.
                             A-3

-------
    The absorption  A.VT) ratl be computed as follows. Let the interior

 of the room be bounded by   fsj different types of surfaces (i.e., plaster
 wall, carpets, etc. )  and let each type surface have an area   »  in •-.ni
                                                           J
 and an absorption coefficient 0dj .   In addition, let the room contain

P^l objects each  contributing \jy$ absorption units.   Then the total

 number of absorption units in the room is

Values of ot'Ajff  and v/uVTy are tabulated for many surfaces and objects
           j          •*
and are readily  available in the literature.

    Combining Equations (A. 6) and (A. 9),  on£ of the  basic  formulas
of this analysis is obtained:


                                TU)     'wtf).         
-------
   Now, in this project report,  the quantity used for intensity is  the

A- weighted intensity.  This means that each component    IH^T)    is

weighted by a factor  Av'f) • Values of  Atfj can be obtained in various


places  such  as Reference 1.
The curve A in Figure 2. 3 of Reference 1 plots
                                                         VI.
  where
 Thus i
                            »  10
                                                        (A. 13)
                                        to
                                                             (A .14)
     A few typical values of A\r) are as shown in Table A~l
              TABLE A -1  TYPICAL VALUES OP
                    50
                   100
                   200
                   500
                  1000
                  5000
                                       .0008
                                       .0100
                                       .0790
                                       .5000
                                      1.0000
                                      1.0000
     The formula for A-weighted intensity which corresponds to Equation

  (A. 12) is

                                 rft       _
                                                              (A. 15)
                                A-5

-------
By Equations (A. 11) and (A. 15):
                                                            (A. 16)





   Equation  (A. 16) applies to any frequency band where  -f 4"f ^T»'



However,  most measurement data are available in octave bands and so



some simplifications are made in Equation  (A. 16) in order to use the



octave band data.  First the most  commonly employed octavo bands



are defined  in Table A-2.



                       TABLE A-2



              OCTAVE BANDS AND SYMBOLS
Octave
Band
No.
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Octave Band
Intensity
Jp
(Watts /cm )
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Octave
Band
Center
Freq.
fc
(Hz)
31.5
63
125
250
500
1,000
2,000
4,000
8,000
Octave
Band*
Lower
Preq.
(Hz)
22.3
44.6
88.4
176.8
353.6
707.1
1,414.2
2,828.4
5, 656.9
Octave
Band
Upper
Freq.
fu
(Hz)
44.6
89.2
176.8
353.6
707. 1
1,414.2
2,828.4
5,656.9
11.313.7
                                A-6

-------
  In Table  A.2,

                                      {A *H
            c =  Center frequency of  *f  .octave band >


           f            •              i^V\
          T^ =  Lower frequency of  •£   octave band j


            r                          i Hi
           TV* =  Upper frequency of   -p   octave band.




    Sorr,e  relations between octave band frequencies are:
      •+.— «C  =  Band width of  «k**toctave



                                           ^   "            '-(A. 17)
For convenience, the following notation is adopted:
    J \'C^'Ul)  S   Xb  3 A-weighted  intensity in  octave band. (A
By Equations  (A- 16) and (A- 18),
                                                                    (A. 19)
     In order to make use of available data for the evaluation of tho


 integral of Equation  (A. 19), inside the  -V^orlave band it is

          i

 assumed that the quantities"^ (fl  T(f) and W(-f) are all constant
                              A-7

-------
  and have values corresponding  to f^ . the  center frequency of llio



  octave band .  That is. Alf) •  Ttf)  and W(-f) an? replaced in the



  integrand of Equation (A-19) by  the constants A(.fj, TC-fJ  and W{|-J.



  Further, denoting these quantities  by Ay T|> and ^L than Equation



  (A. 19) becomes
                                                 1,2, ..,9.   (A. 20)








 where                      f






                   fob ~   1   ^**'«»».,                  (A.21)
                   •  «     V •
     The quantity/J.  may be estimated in various ways,  but since it



 does not appear in later formulas, it will not be considered further.



     Equation (A. 20) gives the octave band intensity   (Jjk    inside a



 room in  terms of the acoustic power  spectral density of the source



 Vrfp.  Ordinarily^  the   ' Wfe  is not known.   Thus, this quantity is replaced



 by a quantity which  is  known and measured, namely the  dB(A) level



 produced in a pass-by  test  at a prescribed  distance.  The  distance



 is usually 50 feet but here  it is  allowed to be arbitrary  ^o  in cm.



 Using Equation  (A. 1) and integrating Equation  (A.15)  gives

    If the same approximations  are made  in Equation  (A. 22)  as were



made in Equation (A. 20)^then Equation (A. 22) becomes
                               A-8V

-------
                                                             (A. 23)
 Using Equation (A.23)/^A& can be eliminated from Equation (A. 20).


1 Thus,  Equation (A.20) becomes

    Equation (A .24) gives a simple relation between the A -weighted

 octave band levels inside  the room and those at the standard lost

 distance /(o .



    At this point,  it is useful to introduce a normalized spectrum for
                                                   xj
 the source.   Define the normalizied A -weighted   "\>   octave band
               A
 component as
    Now.spectra having the same shape as J^.the one actually meas-


 ured .but having  different intensities can be generated  by  simply
                ^
 multiplying all J^k  by the same constant -^ .  Thus, for a typical

                        *
 case.one can dete rmine ^and raise or lower the total power, keeping


 the spectrum shape the same. This was done here us ing two spectra,


 one for low  speed high acceleration truck operation and the other


 for high constant speed  truck operation. These spectra are shown


 m Figures E.I and E. 2, respectively, of Appendix  E.


                             A-9

-------
    In Equation (A, 24^ Jokis replaced by

                                                 o
become '
                                                          (A.l'(i)
The total  intensity inside  the' room,  summed over all the  octave

bands, is  defined as  J^.   and is given by


                                                          (A; 27)
For convenience, define the parameter QL  as
                                      QL
and,  thus
                                                          (A. 29)
                                               c
    The intensity at the reference distance J\^ is /^ J^summed over
                              T'1
                                                                (A. 30)
The overall dB(A) level of the source at  £o  is
 and the ;dB(A) level inside the room
                                     at. A is
                               A-10

-------
By Equations (A. 29).  (A. 31) and (A. 32).  then

                       +  10 Jo. (£?•        .          (A.
Equation (A ..33) gives the  overall dB (A) level  $o  of  a trucl^hav-
ing a proscribed spectrum and measured at distance /lo   . which
will produce a dB(A) level fyj  *n a room which is at a distance  f{
and has specified absorption -an*  transmission  loss.    For the
calculations in this  project report,   £^ was taken  as  10 dB(A)
above. the ambient for the given scenario.
                            A-U

-------
APPENDIX B: ARCHITECTURAL-ACOUSTIC DESCRIPTION OF THE
               ACTIVITY SITE STRUCTURES
    Two fundamental  considerations  enter  into the  architectural -
acoustic description of the structure at a particular activity site. These
considerations involve (1) the loss of acoustic energy on sound passage
through the partition of a structure and  (2)  the  absorption  of  sound
by the surfaces within the activity space of the structure.
    To account for the phenomena associated with these considerations,
each activity site was defined in terms  of physical  geometry,  structural
material, and interior furnishings.  Tables B-l, B-2 and B-3 provide
architectural-acoustic data for the apartment room, frame house room,
and office room, respectively, considered in  this study.
                          B-l

-------
Site Component



Exterior Wall
Window
Interior Walls &



  Ceiling
Floor
Draperies
People
           TABLE B.I



DESCRIPTION OF APARTMENT ROOM



                       Description



          90 ft  transmission area.



          Construction:  brick, laid on edge with



           gypsum plaster on both sides.



          Transmission loss: see Reference 1,  page 434.



          30 ft transmission area.



          Construction:  single 1/8 inch thick pane



           with 1. 626 Ibs/ft  surface density.



          Transmission loss: see Reference 2,  page 109.



          740-ft   surface area.



          Construction:  plaster,  gypsum,  scratch



            and brown coats  on metal lath on wood studs.



          Absorption:  see reference 1, page 425.



          30Q-ft   surface area.



          Construction: pile  carpet on 1/8 inch felt.



          Absorption:  see Reference 1, page 424.



          120-ft   surface area.



          Construction:  18 oz. /yd  velours.



          Absorption:  see Reference 1, page 424.




          Four adults seated in American loge chairs.



          Absorption:  see Reference 1, page 426.
                              B-2

-------
                        TABLE B. 2
            DESCRIPTION OF FRAME HOUSE ROOM
Site Component
Exterior Wall
Windows
Interior Walls
Ceiling
Floor
Chairs
People
             Description
280-ft   transmission area.
Construction:  1/2 inch thick lime plaster-
  on wood lath.
Transmission  loss:  see Reference  1, page 428.
 70-ft  transmission area.
 Construction: single 1/8 inch-thick pane
  with 1, 626 Ibs/ft  surface density.
 Transmission loss:  see Reference 2,  page 109.
 500-ft  surface area.
 Construction: plaster,  gypsum, scratch and
  brown coats on metal lath on wood studs.
  Absorption:  see Reference 1, page  425.
 300-ft  surface area.
 Construction:  1-inch thick type M-2 acoustic
   Celotex 12-inch x 12-inch tiles.
 Absorption:  see Reference 1,  page 409.
 300-ft   surface area.
 Construction:  linoleum on concrete.
 Absorption:  see Reference 1, page 424.
 Two tablet arm chairs with seats down,
   upholstered with  Durano plastic seat
   covering and mohair side vents.
 Absorption:  see Reference 1, page 426.
 Two adults.
 Absorption:  see Reference 1, page 426.
          B-3

-------
                          TABLE B.3
                 DESCRIPTION OF OFFICE ROOM
Site Component

Exterior Wall
Windows
Interior Walls
Ceiling
Floor
Chairs
People
              Description

 60-ft  transmission area.

 Construction: brick, laid on edge with gypsum

   plaster on both sides.

 Transmission loss:  see Reference 1, page 434.

 60-ft  surface area.

 Construction: single 1/8 inch-thick pane

   with 1,626 Ibs/ft  surface density.

 Transmission loss:  see Reference 2,  page  109.

 500-ft  surface  area.

 Construction: plaster,  gypsum, scratch and

   brown coats on metal lath on wood studs.

   Absorption: see Reference 1, page 425.

 300-ft  surface  area.

 Construction: 1-inch thick type M-2 acoustic

   Celotex 12-inch x  12-inch tiles.

Absorption:  see Reference 1, page 409.

 300-ft  surface  area.

 Construction: linoleum on concrete.

Absorption:  see Reference 1, page 424.

 Two tablet arm  chairs with seats down,

   upholstered with Durano plastic seat

   covering and mohair side vents.

Absorption:  see Reference 1, page 426.

 Two adults.

Absorption:  see Reference 1, page 426.

      B-4

-------
REFERENCES FOR APPENDIX B
1.  Knudson,   V.   O.   and  C.   M.  Harris,  Acoustical Designing  in
   Architecture, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,  1950.
2.  Richardson,  E.  E.,  Technical  Aspects of Sound.  Vol. I,  Elsener
   Publishing Co.,  1953.
                               B-5

-------
APPENDIX C:  CALCULATION OF THE TOTAL ABSORPTION FOR
               THE APARTMENT ACTIVITY SITE
    The total absorption of each  activity space for the environmental
activity sites was calculated by summing the  number of absorption
units associated with major sound absorbing surfaces within the ac-
tivity space of the site of interest. Here,  an absorption unit is defined
as the product coefficient  of a surface and the related surface area.
    Table  C. 1 summarizes the steps taken to obtain the total absorp-
tion for the apartment environmental activity site.
    Table  C. 2 provides some comments on the  column data in Table
C.I
  	TABLE C. 2   COMMENTS ON TABLE C. 1
   Column                      Comments
      1            Octave band center frequencies,  Hz.
   2, 3,4             = absorption coefficient (see Appendix B).
                  A = surface area, cm .
                  A  = Absorption, Absorption Units.
      5           Absorption for four persons,  absorption units
                     (see Appendix B).
      6            These values are the sum of (1) the  A data
                      of columns 2 through 4 and (2) the data of
                      column 5,  absorption units.
                                C-l

-------
             TABLE C-l
ABSORBENCY OF THE APARTMENT•INTERIOR

1
Octave Band
Center
Frequency
Hz
125
250

500

1000
2000
4000
COLUMN NUMBERS
. 	 i
2
Carpeting
A = 27R,700 cm2
a aA
.11 30,700
.14 39,000

.37 103,100

.43 119,800
.27 75,300
.25 69,700 '
3
Walls and
Ceiling
A = 687,500 cm2
u aA
.02 13,800
.03 20,600

.04 27,500

.06 41,300
.06 41,300
.03 20,600
4
Drapes
A = 111,500 cm2
ct aA
.05 5,600
.12 13,400 •

.35 39,000

.45 50,200
.38 42,400
.36 40,100
5
People
11,200
14,100

16,700

18,600
19,300
20,300
6
Octave Band
Total
Absorption
1
61,100
87,200

185,400
i
229,800
178,200
150,500
I

-------
APPENDIX D:  CALCULATION OF THE TOTAL TRANSMITTANCE
               OF THE APARTMENT ACTIVITY SITE

    The total transmittance for the  structure associated with each
environmental activity site was calculated by summing the transmit-
tance associated  with major sound transmitting partitions for each
particular  structure.   Here,  transmittance is defined as the product
of the transmission coefficient of a partition and the related surface
area.
    Table D. 1 summarizes the steps  taken to obtain the total trans-
mittance for  the apartment activity site.  Table D. 2 provides  some
comments on the column data in Table D. 1.

             TABLE D-2  COMMENTS ON TABLE D-l

    Column                  Comments
       1           Octave band center frequencies, Hz.
      2, 3             = transmission coefficient (see Appendix B)
                   A = surface area, cm
                      = transmittance, transmission units.
       4           These values are the sum of the data of columns
                      2 and 3.
                                D-l

-------
                                                            TABLE D-l.
                                             TRANSKLTTANCE OF THE APARTMENT STRUCTURE
D
to
Column Numbers
1
Octave Band
Center
Frequency
•Hz
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
2
Windows
A = 2.787 X 104 c~^
T. t:A
17.430 X 10"3 435.3
4.416 X 10~3 123.1
1.108 X 10~3 30.9
.277 X 10"3 7.7
.069 X 10" 3 1.9
.017 X 10"3 0.5 -
3
Walls
A = 8.361 X 10^ en;2
t TA
12.589 X 10~4 105.3
1.000 X 10~4 8.4
2.000 X 10"4 16.8
.126 X 10~4 1.1
.013 X 10~4 .1
.006 X 10~4 0

h
Octave Band
Total
Trans mi ttance
591.1
131.5
47.7
8.8
2.0
.5

-------
APPENDIX E:  TYPICAL MEASURED TRUCK OPERATION NOISE

     Noise spectrum  associated  with  the  two  most  common  truck
 operations   were  selected for study.  These were (1) low speed, high
 acceleration truck operation and (2) constant high speed truck operation.
 Review of available literature  led to the selection of the overall noise
 levels and spectrum for the particular truck operations below.

 Truck Noise at Low-Speed, High-Acceleration Operation

     Low speed high acceleration truck operation usually occurs when a
 truck at standstill begins movement.  This condition has been recognized
 as one producing relatively high levels of noise. The data shown in Figure
 E-l are  considered typical and representative of  noise associated with
 the subject truck operating condition (Reference 1).

 Truck Noise at Constant High Speed Operation

     Constant high  speed truck acceleration usually occurs when a truck
 is operating on a  freeway.  Noise levels generated during this mode of
 operation have also  received considerable attention.  The data shown
 in Figure E-2 are considered typical and representative of noise gener-
 ated during constant high-speed truck operation (Reference 2).
                               E-l

-------
    110
    100
9
 «

2
£

£
•g
I
     90
     80
70
60
     50
     40
           O  Total
                                                             I
           OA      63      125     250      500     1000    2000


                                Octave Band Center Frequencies, Hz
                                                              4000
8000
                     Test Site and Procedure Similar to SAE J366b Specifications.


Figure E-l  Typical Measured Low-Speed, High-Acceleration Truck Operation
             Noise
                                                e-z

-------
    110
    100
     90
              Total
     80
     70
     60
      50
      40
           OA
63
                                            _L
                                 J.
                                          J.
                                          J.
125
250     500     1000    2000    4000     8000
                             Octave Band Center Frequencies, Hz
                        Noite Measured at 50 Feet From Centerline of Road



Figure  E-2  Typical  feasured Constant High-Speed  Truck Operation  Noise,
                                        E-3

-------
REFERENCES FOR APPENDIX E

1.  Wyle Laboratories Communication R/59161 with EPA, Table 2
       (SAE J366 data), January 1974.

2.  "Truck Noise III-A: Preliminary Noise Diagnosis of Freightliner
       Datum Truck-Tractor, " Department of Transportation Report
       DOT-TST-73-6, May 1973.
                               E-4

-------
 APPENDIX F: CALCULATIONS TO NORMALIZE THE LOW SPEIOD
               HIGH-ACCELERATION TRUCK NOISE SPECTRUM
    To facilitate  their usage in the procedure developed  to obtain
 the truck noise  levels  at BO feet that  might  preclude annoyance,
 the truck noise spectra of Figures E-l  and E-2 were normalized
 to a total sound intensity of one watt /cm  .
    Table F-l summarizes  the steps taken in  this normalization
process  for the noise spectrum associated with the low speed, high
acceleration truck operation.  Table P- 2 provides some comments
on the column data in Table F-l.

                         TABLE F. 2
                  COMMENTS ON TABLE F. 1

 Column                      Comments
     1            Octave band center frequencies,  Hz
     2            Sound level data  from Figure  E-l
     3            Column 2 data converted to sound intensities
     4            Individual column 5 data divided by the  sum
                     of the column  5  values.
                            F-l

-------
 I
NJ
                                                        TABLE F-l


                             NORMALIZATION OF THE LOW-SPEED,  HIGH-ACCELERATION TRUCK NOISE SPECTRUM
Column Numbers
1
Octave Band
Center
Frequency
Hz
12
500
;ooo
2000
4000
f
2
Octave Band.
Sound Lavol
72
78
j
82
Ol'
77
; 73
3
Octave Band
Souhd Intensity
Watts /cm1
1.58* 10-9
6 . 31 x 1C-9
15.84X 10-9
12.59X 10-9
5.01xio-9
2.00X io~9
4
; Normalized
Octave Band
Sound Intenui.ty
,036
.146
.366
.290
.116
.046

-------
APPENDIX G:  CALCULATION OK ACTIVITY SITE FACTORS KOIt
               THE APARTMENT ACTIVITY SITE
     The activity site  factor, q     for the pth   octave hand,  i*
defined as                 A
                          Jo                              (G.I)
                 q =  Tp  Jop
where A   and Tp  are the pth octave band absorption  and trans-
mission  loss  for the particular activity site  structure of  interest
and  Jop is the normalized A -weighted  sound  intensity of the truck
noise for the p    octave band.  These activity site factors summed
over all  octave  bands of  interest  to give  the parameter q .   See
Equation (A. 28) of Appendix A.
     Table G. 1 summarizes the steps   taken  to obtain the  activity
site factors for the apartment activity site. Table G. 2 provides some
comments on the column data in Table G. 1.
            TABLE  G. 2     COMMENTS ON TABLE G. 1
    COLUMN          COMMENTS
        1             Octave Band Center Frequencies
        2             Data from Column 6 of Table C.I,
                        Absorption Units
        3             Data from Column 4 of  Table D. 1,
                        Transmission Units
        4              Data from Column 4 of Table F. 1
        5              These values are the product of the data of
                         Columns 3 and 4 divided by the data of
                         Column 2 (see Equation (G.I)
                              G-l

-------
                                                   TABLE G-l

                        CALCULATION  OF  SITUATIONAL FACTORS FOR THE APARTMENT ACTIVITY SITE
 i
to-

1
Octave Band
Cjenter
Frequency
Hz
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
— — — — — —

2
Octave Band
Absorption
A*
61,000
87,200
186,400
229,800
178,200
150,500.
Co ; umn Numbers
3
Octave Band
. Transrnittance
T>
591.1
131.5
47.7
8.8
2.0
.5

4
.Octave Band
Normalized
Truck^Joise
Joj>
.036
.146
.366
.290
.116
.046

5 .
Octave Band
Situational
Factor
«3U
	 ffP .
3488 X 10"7
2202 x 10"7
937 X.10~7
111 X 10~7
.13 X 10~7
2 X 10 ~7

-------
APPENDIX H: PROCEDURE USED TO OBTAIN THE TRUCK NOISE LEVELS
               AT 50 FEET THAT MIGHT PRECLUDE ANNOYANCE
    The following steps were taken to obtain the desired truck noise levels:

    Step 1:   Depending  on the human activity  and activity site (e.  g.,
            a thought process  in  an apartment),  the acceptable ambient
            noise level  was increased by 10 dB(A) to represent the level
            of the extraneous intrusive noise likely  to provoke a strong
            feeling of annoyance.
    Step 2:  Using the appropriate absorption data for the activity spaces
            (e.g.,  an apartment interior),  the   total  absorption  units
            for each activity site were calculated.
    Step 3:  Using the appropriate  transmission  loss  data for the activity
            site (e. g,, an apartment building),  the transmittance  of the
            structure   separating   the  activity space from the truck
            noise was calculated.
    Step 4:  Using  the appropriate truck noise spectrum, a normalized
            noise spectrum was calculated to facilitate the analysis.
    Step 5:  Using the data generated in Steps  1 through 4 above, truck
            noise levels at 50 feet  that might  preclude annoyance were
            calculated  for different human activities  in  various activity
            spaces at particular activity sites.
                                     H-l

-------
APPENDIX I  DETAILED INITIAL COST ESTIMATES TO QUIET
              MEDIUM AND HEAVY DUTY TRUCKS
    The noise control treatments considered in this analysis are listed
in Table 1-1.   Table 1-2 shows which treatments apply to a given
vehicle as a function of noise level, and the truck retail price increase
associated with the treatments.
                                 1-1

-------
                                   TABLE  I.I    NOISE  CONTROL  KEY
               System
              Fan
H
I
              Cab
          Code
Description of Noise Control Measure
           al    Use of larger slower turning fan
                 with shrouding

           a2    Larger slower turning fan with
                 thermostat control to eliminate
                 shutters or control their opening

           a3    Best technology fan system
Exhaust    bl    Best available system

           b2    Advanced system better th=r. pres-
                  e ntly available

           b3    Best technology exhaust system
              Engine     cl    Close fitting covers arid isolated
                               or damped exterior parts supplied
                               by engine manufacturer
           dl    Underhood treatment such as acous-
                 tic absorbing material, side

           d2    Partial or full engine enclosures
Source Level or
Noise Reduction
                                            80


                                            75



                                            65
                                            75

                                            75


                                            65
                                                            2 - 3
                                                         Noise Reduction
                                                                         10  - 15
                                                                       Noise Reduction

-------
                TABLE  1.2    ESTIMATED CUSTOMER PRICE  INCREASES FOR QUIETED  TRUCKS
Engine Class'-*-
X.D. Gasoline
Engines
H.D. Diesel Engines
X»r.ufacturer A
H.D. Dles-1 Engines
Manufacturer E
H.D. Diesel Engines
rvar.ufacturer B
H.D. Diesel Engines
Manufacturer C
tf.D. Diesel Engines
Manufacturer D
H.D. Diesel Engines
Manufacturer D
H.D. Diesel Engines
Xar.ufactur-r A
K.D. Dles-1 Engines
Manufacturer E
•i.D. Diesel Engines
Manufacturer C
i.i>. Diesel Engines
Xi-iufacturer F
".D. Diesel Engines
Manufacturer G
H.D. Diesel Engines
Manufacturer H
M«rket>
Share ^
65*
12*
6*
6*
1.8*
2.2*
1.5*
0.9*
0.77*
0.47*
0.225J
0.17*
0.015*
Model 1, 83 dB(A)
Fan
t
al
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
—
$100
a2
al
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
—
Exhaust
-
$ 50
bl
$ 50
bl
$ 25
bl
—
$ 25
bl
-
$100
b2
—
-
$ 25
bl
$ 25
bl
—
Engine
-
—
$275
cl
$200
cl
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
—
Cab
-
—
—
—
—
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
—
Total

$150
$425
$325
$0
$125

$200
$100
$100
$125
$125
$0
Model 2, 80 dB(A)
Fan
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
$100
a2
Exhaust
$ 25
bl
$ 50
bl
$ 50
bl
$ 25
bl
$ 25
bl
$ 25
1 1 .;)
$ 50
bl
$100
b2
$ 25
bl
$ 25
bl
$ 25
bl
$ 25
bl
* 25
bl
Engln
-
$200
cl
-
-
—
$ 85
cl
-
$200
cl
$175
cl
$175
cl
$200
cl
$150
cl
—
Cab
-
•
$850
d2
$675
d2
-
$100
dl
-
-
-
-
-
-
—
Total
» 125
* 350
$1000
$ 800
$ 125
$ 210
$ 150
$ 'too
$ 300
$ 400
$ 325
$ 275
$ 125
Model 3, 75 dB(A)
Fin
$150
a3
$150
a3
$150
83
$150
a3
$150
a3
$150
a3
$150
a3
$150
a3
$150
a3
$150
a3
$150
a3
$150
a3
$150
a3
EnhiuJt
$ 50
b2
$100
b2
$100
62
$ 75
b2
$ 75
b2
$ 75
b2
$1CO
62
$150
62
$ 75
62
$ 75
62
$ 75
62
$ 75
bZ
$ 75
62
Engine
-
-
-
-
$200
cl
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$200
cl
C«t>
$100
dl
Total
$3CO
ifjo- 1 *:;:;-
1250 [ :;.:
1253
$775
d2
dl
S775-
1275

S1I33
$5:5


1250
d2
' — ;;-j- '
a;
JT75-
1275
*775-
1275
4775-
1275
4T 1
1275 j
$100
dl
15C3
*":iir

15:3

15:3

13:0
i •"::

$525
JM.D. • nedlun duty, H.D. • heavy duty.  M.D. and H.D. refer to severity of service.
 of a noisy engine by a quiet engine Is possible within N.D. and H.D. classes.
                                                                Exchange:
^Percent  of medium  and heavy duty trucks  powered by  indicated engine family, 1972.

-------
    APPENDIX J:  COSTS OF OPUUATINC, QtUKT TRUCKS
       As was described  in Section 7,  "Changes in Operating  Costs, " the
    effects  of adding noise control devices to trucks are (1) to change the
    cost of their operation and  (2) to  change their operating capabilities.
    This second effect, in turn,  can he quantified in terms of the extra cap-
    ital cost necessary to maintain the  truck's previous level  of Hervlre.
    This appendix contains the  detailed  calculation of these cost changes.
        Tables J-l and J-2 show the effect of changes in vehicle character-
    istics  on  fuel  consumption per mile and the gross engine power needed
    to maintain truck performance.   The development  of theme I'igureH  in
    based  on the references at the end of Section 7.
     TABLE J.I   EFFECT  OF CHANGES IN  VEHICLE'CHARACTERISTICS
                         ON FUEL CONSUMPTION

Gasoline
Gasoline
Diesel -
Diesel -
- medium
- heavy
medium
heavy
Effect of Change in
GVWR
(gpm/lb)
3.25 x 10~6
3.25 x 10~6
1.77 * ID'6
1.77 x 10~6
Bkck pressure
(gpm/in. Hg)
0
0
.00050
.00021
Accessory Horse-
power (gpm/hp)
.0035
.0019
.0019
.0010
Source:  Reference  No.  1.
                                  J-l

-------
   TABLE J  2    EFFECT pF  CHANGES IN VEHICLE  CHARACTERISTICS  ON
     GROSS  ENGINE POWER NEEDED  TO MAINTAIN A GIVEN TOP SPEED

Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Effect of Change 1n
GVWR
(hp/lb)
.0020
.0020
.0020
.0020
Back pressure
(hp/in. Hg)
1.1
2.1
2.0
3.0
Accessory Horse-
power (hp/hp)
1
1
1
1
   The fuel  consumption sensitivities in Table J-l can be converted

into cost coefficients by multiplying gallons per mile by the annual mile-

age and the average price of fuel per gallon.  Values for these quantities

are given in  Table  J~3.  The corresponding annual costs are shown in

Table J -4.
TABLE J-3    ANNUAL MILEAGE  AND FUEL PRICES  BY  TYPE OF TRUCK
'
Gasoline
Gasoline
Diesel -
Diesel -
- medium
- heavy
medium
heavy
Annual Mileage1
(103 mi/yr)
10
18
21
54
Fuel Price2
($/gal)
.50
.50
.30
.30
      1 Source; Data reduced from U.S. Bureau of Census
               (tape),  1973.
      2Estimate based on  Oil and Gas Journalt  March 11,
      1974.
                              J-2

-------
                          TABLE J-4



      ANNUAL OPERATING COST INCREASES AS A RESULT OF



CHANGES IN GVWR, BACKPRESSURE, AND ACCESSORY HORSEPOWER

Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Annual Operating Cost Increase Per Unit
GVWR
($/lb)
.016
.029
.011
.029
Back pressure
($/1n. Hz)
0
0
3.15
3.40
Accessory Horse-
power ($/hp)
17.50
17.10
11.97
16.20
   The cost of the incremental horsepower requirements shown in Table



J-2 can be computed by multiplying the  horsepower figures by the cost



per unit horsepower.  Manufacturers' data reported in reference 1, indi-



cate that the average price per horsepower for medium and heavy duty



diesel engines  is $16 and $24, respectively.    Assuming that gasoline



engines  cost  60%   of  their diesel equivalents, the  corresponding unit



prices for gasoline horsepower are approximately $10 and $14. Multiply-



ing these unit costs  by the figures in Table J-2 gives the indirect capital



cost per unit change in vehicle characteristics, as shown in Table J-5.
                                J-3

-------
  TABLE J.5.  INDIRECT INCREASE  IN  CAPITAL  COST AS  A  Itl.SUU  01
    CHANGES  IN GVW,  BACKPRESSURE,  AND ACCESSORY HORSU'UWUl

Gasoline - medium
Oasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
1 Capital Cost Incrouso Per Unit
GVWR
($/lb)
.0?0
.028
.032
.0*18
Hackpressurc
($/1n. II rj)
I'l.O
29.4
3^.0
7?.0
Accessory Horr.u-
pownr ($/lij>)
10
J'« *
1C
?l\
    To obtain the actual  costs  associated with the various noise levels,
modeled,  we must multiply the cost coefficients of Tables  J-4 and J-5
by the changes in truck characteristics which would be induced by the
necessary  noise  control measures.   These  changes are shown in  Table
J-6 for the noise control treatments   listed  in Table 1-1  of Appendix
I.   The total cost increase (operating or indirect capital) for a particular
level and  truck  category  is  thus   obtained  by  finding  the changes
in truck  characteristics for  those  treatments (Table  J-6),  multiplying
these by the operating or, indirect capital cost  coefficients (Tables J-4
and J-5) as  appropriate, and  summing the  results over all treatments
for that   truck   category   and   level.    When   this  is  done  for
operating costs, the results shown in Table J-7 are obtained.
                                J-4

-------
                     TABLE J-6
CHANGES IN TRUCK OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS FOR
    NOISE CONTROL  TREATMENTS1
vn
Code
al
a2
a3
bl
b2
b3
cl
dl
d2
Treatment
Large Fan
Large Fan with
Thermostat Control
Best Tech. Fan
System
Best Available
Muffler
Advanced Muffler
High Tech. Muffler
Covers
Underhood Treat-
ment
Enclosure
AGVW (lb)
Med Hvy



0 0
100 200
100 200
0 0
0 0
250 500
A Back pressure
(in. H20)
Med Hvy



0 0
0 0
15 15



Ahp
Med Hvy
(3) (7)
(6) (15)
(6) (15)






^Maintenance
Cost ($/yr).
Med Hvy


~
$ 9* $ 19*
$ 19" $ 38*
$ 38" $ 76*


$1502 $300*
           1 Source.:   Estimates by noise control engineers based on past truck-quieting
           experience  •
           Represents  10 man-hours per year at a burdened labor rate of $15/man-hour.
           Represents  20 man-hours per year at a burdened labor rate of $15/man-hour.
           ''Includes  incremental cost of replacing muffler three times in  8     years.

-------
TABLE  J.7.   CHANGES  IN ANNUAL  COST  (FUEL  PLUS MAINTENANCE
        EXPENSES)  CAUSED BY  NOISE CONTROL  TREATMENTS
                    (INCLUDES FAN SAVINGS)


Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Annual Cost Change1
Modol 1
$ 53)
($1?0)
($ 63)
($224)
Model 2
($ 96)
($238)
($ 63)
($ 66)
Model 3
($ 6>l)
($21.0)
$ \il
$.116
     1 Parentheses  denote net  savings.


    The table shows that the changes in operating cost,  as computed, are
 almost always net savings, due  to the reduced  power requirement of the
 fan.  Such savings could be ascribed to other than the noise control effort,
 however,  because  (1) truck operators could  use the fan power savings
 to increase  speed;  and (2) market forces could dictate  such a beneficial
 design modification eventually, even  without  considererations  of noise
 reduction. Therefore,     the operating costs  have been recomputed to
 exclude the fan horsepower  savings.  The results are shown in Table
 J. 8.
                             J-6

-------
    TABLE J-8    CHANGES  IN  ANNUAL  COST (FUEL  PLUS MAINTENANCE
          EXPENSES) CAUSED  BY NOISE  CONTROL TREATMENTS
                        (WITHOUT FAN SAVINGS)


Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Annual Cost Increase
Model 1
0
0
$ 9
$19
Model 2
$ 9
$ 19
$ 9
$176
Model 3
$ 21
$ M
$123
$359
   The cost of extra horsepower needed to maintain the original level
of service is shown in Table J-9.  The fan savings result in a smaller
required total engine output, hence a reduction in  the initial price. For
the reasons listed in the  preceding paragraph,  however, these savings
may not  be realized.   The indirect  capital  cost increase  is  therefore
shown in Table J -10 with fan savings excluded.  The cost of extra horse-
power required by noise control treatments is negligible.
                              J-7

-------
TABLE J-9   CHANGES IN CAPITAL COST INDIRECTLY CAUSED UY
     NOISE CONTROL TREATMENTS (INCLUDES PAN SAVINGS)

Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Capital Cost Change
( ) Denotes Net Savings
Model 1
($ 30)
($ 98)
($ 96)
($360)
Model 2
($ 60)
($210)
($ 96)
($336)
Model 3
($ 58)
($204)
($ 85)
($326)
TABLE J-10   CHANGES IN CAPITAL  COST INDIRECTLY  CAUSED  BY
     NOISE CONTROL TREATMENTS  (WITHOUT FAN  SAVINGS)


Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Capital Cost Increase
Model 1
0
0
0
0
Model 2
0
0
0
$12
Model 3
$ 2
$ 6
$11
$35
                          J-8

-------
APPENDIX K:  COMPUTATION OF EQUIVALENT TRUCK PKICH
               INCREASES
    This apppendix contains the detailed calculations for the results
summarized in Table 7-6 in the test.  The equivalent price increase
for a given truck category is obtained by summing the direct price
change (Table 7-1),  the indirect price change (Table 7-3a or 7-3b)
 and the  net  present  value  of  the  charge  in operating cost
(Tabte 7-2a or  7-2b). Net  present value is evaluated over 10 years
at 10% interest.
    Tables K-l through K-3 show the computation of equivalent price
changes for each of the three models employed in this document.
                              K-l

-------
  TABLE
                                CALCULATION  OF  EQUIVALENT  PRICE  FACTOR -MODEL  1
Type
Without Fan Savings
Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
With Fan Savings"
Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Direct
Price Change1
$ 0
0
104.16
19^.56
. $100. CO
100.00
120.83
214.65
Indirect
Price Change2
$ 0
0
0
0
($ 30)
( 98)
( 96)
' ( 360)
Present Value
of Change in
Operating Cost3
$ 0
0
55.30
116.74
($ 325.63)
( 737.28)
( 387.07)
( 1,376.26)
Total
$ 0
0
159.46
311.30
($ 255.63)
( 735.28)
( 362.24)
( 1,521.61)
ro
         Source:
        2Source:
Table 7-1.
Tables 7-3a and 7-3b.
        3Source:   Tables 7-2a and 7-2b.  Net present value computed over 10 years at 10% interest
                  (PV factor = 6.144).
       '""The "with fan savings" case assur.es that all trucks will adopt fan treatments, thereby
         incurring both costs and benefits.

-------
                    TABLE K-2    CALCULATION OF EQUIVALENT PRICE  FACTOR - MODEL
Type
Without Fan Savings
Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
With Fan Savings
Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Direct
Price Change1

$125-00
125.00
264.16
487.62

. $125.00
125.00
264.16
487.62
Indirect
Price Change2
* -

$ 0
0
0
12

($ 60)
( 210)
( 96)
( 336)
Present Value
of Change in
Operating Cost3

$ 55.30
116.74
55.30
1,081.34

($ 589.82)
( 1,462.27)
( 387.07)
( 405.50)
Total

$ 180.30
241.74
319.46
1,580.90

($ 524.82)
( 1,547-27)
( 218.91)
( 253-88)
 X
 I
UJ
       '.Source:  Table  7-1.
       2Source:  Tables  7-4a  and  7-4b
       ^Source:  Tables  7-3a  and  7-3b
                 (PV  factor = 6.144).
Net present value computed over 10 years at  102  interest

-------
               TABLE  K-3   CALCULATION  OF EQUIVALENT PRICE  FACTOR  -  MODEL  3
Type
Without Fan Savings
Gas - medium
Gas -heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel _ heavy
With Fan Savings
Gas - medium
Ga.S - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Direct
Price Change1
$ 300.00
300.00
1,129.12
"1,119-32
• $ 300.00
300.00
1,129.12
1,119.32
Indirect
Price Change2
$ 2
6
11
35
($58)
(204)
(85)
(326)
Present Value'
of Change in
Operating Cost3
$ 129.02
270.34
755.71
2,205.70
(5516.10)
(1,290.24)
313.34
712.70
I
Total
$ 431.02
576.34
1,895.8^
"3,360.02 |
j
($274.10;
' (1,194.24)
1,357.46
1,506.02
1.
2.
3.
Source:  Data  from table 7-1; computational procedure from page 7-16

Source:  Tables  7-4a and 7~4b.
Source:  Tables  7~3a and 7-3b.
         interest    (pv  factor
 Net  present value ccr.cuted over 10 years at
• 6.144).

-------
APPENDIX L:  IMPACT OF QUIETING OPTIONS ON TRUCK VOLT IM13
    This appendix  presents  detailed forecasts of truck volume for-  uach
truck category  under  the  three models developed with  hypothetical
standards and effective dates.   The method of computation is described
in Section 7.
                                  L-l

-------
            TABLE L-1    REVISED VOLUME FORECAST  (WITHOUT-FAN  SAVINGS)  GASOLINE - MEDIUM DUTY
f
rvj
Year
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
Basel ine
Forecast
203,900
206,800
209,800
212,800
215,700
218,700
221 ,600
224,600
228,500
231 ,500
234,400
237,400
241 ,300
244,300
248,200
251 ,200
255,100
258,100
262,000
265,900
269,900
273,800
276,800
280,700
284,700
Volume Reduction
Model 1
0
0
0
0
0
4,811
4,875
11 ,792
11 ,996
12,154
12,306
12,464
12,668
12,826
13,031
13', 188
13,393
13,550
13,755 ,
13,960
14,170
14,375
14,532
14,737
14,974
Model 2
0
0
4,616
4,682
4,745
11,482
11 ,634
11 ,792
11 ,996
12,154
12,306
12,464
12,668
1 2 , 82 6
13,031
13,188
13,393
13,550
13,755
13,960
14,170
14,375
14,532
14,737
14,974
Model 3
0
0
4,616
4,682
4,745
11,482
11 ,634
11 ,792
11 ,996
P
12,154
12,306
12,464
12,668
12,826
1
13,031
13,138 |
13,393
13,550 ;
13,755 j
13,960
14,170
14,375
14,532 !
14,737
14,947
i

-------
            TABLE V-2   REVISED  VOLUME  FORECAST (WITHOUT FAN SAVINGS)  GASOLINE - HEAVY
DUTY
 I
UJ
Year
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
Basel ine
Forecast
40,400
39,400
38,100
38,400
38,600
38,700
38,800
38,800
38,700
38,600
38,400
38,100
'37,700
37,200
36,600
35,900
35,000
33,900
32,800
31 ,500
32,800
34,200
35,700
37,200
38,800
Volume Reduction
Model 1
0
0
0
0
0
573
574
1,370
1,366
1 ,363
1,356
1 ,345
1,331
1 ,313
1 ,292
1,267
1,236
1,197
1 ,158
1 ,112
1 ,158
1,207 ;
1,260 '
1,313
1,370 j
t
Model 2
0
0
564
568
571
1,366
1,370
1,370
1,366
1 353
1 356
1 345
1 331
1 313
i
1,292
1,267
1,236 j
1,197 !
1,155 |
Model 3
0
0
564
568
571
1,366
1,370
1,370
1 ,366
1 ,363
1,356
1 ,345
1,331
1,313
1,292
1,267
1,236
1,197
1 ,158
. 1J12 ! 1,112
",•53 • 1,158
1,2:7 : 1,207
".25D • 1,260
1,3-3 ' 1,313
",3~: : 1,370

-------
TABLE 1-
REVISED VOLUME FORECAST  (WITHOUT- FAN  SAVINGS)  DIESEL - MEDIUM DUTY


Year
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000

Basel inp
^UJtv 1 1 1 1 C
Forecast
3,100
3,200
3,200
3,200
3,300
- 3,300
3,400
3,400
3,500
3,500
3,600
3,600
'3,700
3,700
3,800
3,800
3,900
3,900
4,000
4,100
4,100
4,200
4,200
4,300
4,300
Volume Reduction

Model 1
0
49
49
49
51
102
105
623
641
641
659
659
677
677
696
696
714
714
732
751
751
769
769
787
787
Model 2
0
49
49
49
51
102
105
623
641
641
659
659
677
677
696
696
714
714
732
751
751
769
769
787
787
Model 3
0
49
99
99
102
604
623
623
641
641
659
659
677
677
696
696
714
- 714
732
751
751
769
769
787
787

-------
             TABLE L~4   REVISED  VOLUME FORECAST  (WITHOUT-FAN SAVINGS) DIESEL - HEAVY DUTY
tr1
i


Year
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000

Basel ine
Forecast
164,600
173,600
184,900
194,600
204,400
214,300
225,200
236,200
248,300
260,400
273,600
287,900
302,300
316,800
333,400
350,100
367,000
385,100
404,200
424,500
443,200
461 ,800
481 ,300
501 ,800
523,200
Volume Reduction

Model 1
0
1 ,493
1 ,590
1,674
8,973
9,408
9,886
22,037
23,166
24,295
25,527
26,861
28,205
29,557
31 ,106
32',664
34,241
35,930
37,712 .
39,606
41 ,351
43,086
44,905
46,818
48,815

Model 2
0
1,493
1,590
1,674
8,973
9,408
9,886
22,037
23,166
24,295
25,527
26,861
28,205
29,557
31 ,106
32,664
34,241
35,930
37,712
39,606
41 ,351
43,086
44,905
46 ,818
48,815
Model 3
0
1 ,493
8,117
8,543
8,973
19,994
21 ,011
22,037
23,166
24,295
25,527
26,861
28,205
29,557
31,106
32,664
34,241
35,930
37,712
39,606
41 ,351
43,086
44,905
46,818
48,815

-------
TABLE L~5   REVISED  VOLUME  FORECAST  (WITH  FAN  SAVINGS)  DIESEL - MEDIUM  DUTY


Year
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000

Racpl inp
wUOw 1 IMC
Forecast
3,100
3,200
3,200
3,200
3,300
3,300
3,400
3,400
3,500
3,500
3,600
3,600
3,700
3,700
3,800
3,800
3,900
3,900
4,000
4,100
4,100
4,200
4,200
4,300
4,300
Volume Reduction

Model 1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
446
459
459
472
472
485
485
498
4'98
511
511
524
538
538
551
551
564
564
Model 2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
446
459
459
472
472
485
485
498
498
511
511
524
538
538
551
551
564
564
Model 3
0
0
0
0
0
433
446
446
459
459
472
' 472
485
485
498
498
511
511
524
538
538
551
551
564
564

-------
TABLE L-6   'REVISED  VOLUME  FORECAST (WITH FAN SAVINGS)  DIESEL -  HEAVY DUTY


Year
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000

Basel ine
L/ U 
-------
APPENDIX M: FIRST-YEAR OPERATING COSTS FOR QUIETED TRUCKS
    This appendix  presents  the  basis  for the data contained  in Tables
7-13aand  7-l3b.   Annual costs per truck  were obtained by summing,
for each truck category, the depreciation, cost of capital,  and operating
and maintenance expenses.  Depreciation was computed using a  10-year
straight-line method. The cost of capital was assumed to be 10%.  Annual
operating and maintenance  costs were obtained  from Tables 7-la  and
7-2b. The  figures in those  tables were  computed using average annual
mileages; since the first-year mileages are  of  interest,  the numbers
in the tables  were multiplied by the scale factors in  Table M-l below.
The  scale factors represent the ratio of first-year  to  average annual
mileage as obtained from analyzing U. 8.   Bureau of the Census data
(see references, Section 7).

TABLE M-l  SCALE FACTORS FOR COMPUTING FIRST-YEAR OPER-
             ATING AND MAINTENANCE COSTS

            Category                      Scale Factor
         Gasoline  - medium                     2. 30
         Gasoline  - heavy                       1. 83
         Diesel - medium                       1.43
         Diesel - heavy                         1.35
    The first-year annual costs computed in this manner are shown in
Tables M-2 through M-4.
                              M-l

-------
                    TABLE M-2
2
i
ru
INCREASED FIRST-YEAR COSTS PER TRUCK - MODEL 1
      ( ) REPRESENTS SAVINGS
          110-year straight-line depreciation.
          2IQ% cost of capital.
          3Obtained from Tables  7-2a,  72-b,  and M-l.

Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Depreci ation1
Cost of Capi tal 2
Quanti ty
and
Maintenance3
Without Fan Savings
0
0
$10.42
19.46
0
0
$10.42
19.46
0
0
$ 13.00
26.00
Total

0
0
$ 33.84
64.92
With Fan Savings
$ 7.00
.20
2.48
( 14.35)
$ 7.00
.20
2.48
( 14.35)
($121.00)
( 220.00)
( 90.00
( 303.00)
($107.00)
( 219.60)
( 85.12)
( 321.70)

-------
           TABLE M-3
INCREASED FIRST-YEAR COSTS  PER TRUCK - MODEL 2
      ( ) REPRESENTS SAVINGS

Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Depreciation1

$12.50
12.50
26.42
48.76

$ 6.50
( 8.50)
16.82
15.16
Cost of Capital 2
Quantity
and
Maintenance3
Total
Without Fan Savings
$12.50
12.50
26.42
48.76
$ 21.00
35.00
13.00
238.00
$ 46.00
60.00
65.84
335.52
With Fan Savings
$ 6.50
( 8.50)
16.82
15.16
($221.00)
( 436.00)
( 90.00)
( 89.00
($208.00)
( 453.00)
( 56.36)
( 58.68)
'10-year straight-line depreciation .
210p cost of capital.
30btained from Tables  7-2a, 7-2b, and M-l.

-------
          TABLE M-4
INCREASED FIRST-YEAR COSTS PER TRUCK - MODEL 3
      (  ) REPRESENTS SAVINGS

Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Gasoline - medium
Gasoline - heavy
Diesel - medium
Diesel - heavy
Depreciation 1
Cost of Capital 2
Quantity
and
Maintenance3
Total
Without Fan Savings
$ 30.20
30.60
114.01
115-^3
$ 30.20
30.60
114.01
115.43
$ 48.00
81.00
176.00
485.00
$108.40
142.42
404.02
715.86
With Fan Savings
$ 24.20
9. "60
104.41
79.33
$ 24.20
9.60
104.41
79.33
($193.00)
( 385.00)
( 73.00)
( 157.00)
($144.60)
( 365.80)
135.82
1.66
110-year straight-line depreciation.
2IQ% cost of capital-
30btained from Tables  7-2a,  7-2b,  and M-l.

-------
APPENDIX  1ST:  IMPACT OK UOAI) TLMKS ON MANUKACTUKHUS Oh1



              "NOISY" ENGINES



    Acoustical consultants  have estimated that,  at the current state of



the art,  it will  take  six  years on a normal, orderly lead time basis



to quiet  noisy  diesel truck engines to a noise standard such as that



used for model 2.  The time required is almost the same under model



3. Noisy engines now constitute 30% to 40% of the truck market. Most



of the noisy engines are  produced by one of the major engine manu-



facturers with a strong  market  position.   It  would appear that the



stance of the manufacturer on this  matter is that  only a three-year



quieting program would be required and that he is not at a competitive



disadvantage with respect to quieting his  engines.



    Furthermore,  it  is possible  that a priority R&D effort  possibly



utilizing "new" as opposed to "available" technology could  provide the



necessary modifications  required to meet the standards in Model 2  in



three   years.   If noisy engines cannot, in fact,  be quieted in three



years,  a model 2 noise standard in  that time frame will have impacts



on that particular manufacturer.   However, the competitive position



of this  major producer of noisy engines  would be one of a  short-term



competitive disadvantage.    In  the  longer term,  it is believed that



this producer has the demonstrated financial,  business management,



and technical resources to compete effectively.   Within  a  few years



of the  effective date  of the levels used in model 2,  or possibly months,



the competitive disadvantage would be eliminated. Any one of a number



 of factors could cause this:



                               N-l

-------
    1.  Results of a new R&D program  that  was not ready for  the



effective date of Model 2 or its equivalent.



    2.  The  possible introduction of new engines now in development,



which are quieter.



    3.  Implementation of a standard similar to that in model 3 which



imposes the same general level of technological requirements on quiet



engines as noisy engines. Prior to the effective  date of such model 3



levels,  some new  trucks would  probably incorporate these designs



in an orderly changeover of complete product lines. These trucks could



meet levels such as those "noisy" engines in model 2.



    4.  After  three years have passed and the off-the-shelf technology



has been applied to permit use of "noisy" engines. On a priority basis



the normal,  orderly lead time should be able to be cut  for some large-



volume truck models  to less  than 3  years after enforcement of  a



standard similar to that in model 2.



    The reputation of  the noisy engine producer with end users is very



strong.  It is likely that this truck manufacturer would make an effort



to use his other popular engines, especially since the  supply of overall



engines may be affected   if the noisy engines cannot be utilized under



regular production conditions. It is, however, envisioned that the weak-



ness of this producer of truck engines will be taken  advantage of by



other engine producers who could be expected to respond with a major



effort to penetrate the large and  growing truck market.  Again, since



the weakness will probably be only temporary,  it is unlikely that there



would be  long-term investments that would reflect the "noisy" pro-



ucer's absolute decline in the market.



                               N-2

-------
    The noisy engine producer can  be  expected to make  short-term



concessions and  take  other actions to protect  his  market  position



against competitive inroads while bringing about a solution  to the prob-



lem he may face by having lagged behind ofther truck engine manu-



facturers  in the  area of noise control.



   According to U.S.  Department  of Commerce data,  439, 310 diesel



engines were  produced  in  1972.  Of these,  41% were for  the auto-



motive industry, of which almost 100% were for medium or heavy  duty



trucks.  Trucks are the largest single  market segment for diesel en-



j^irn-H.   Tin- rioiny  cn^itifH  roprcHcnl. I  '>.% l.o  1 (i%  <»f l.h<-  total (|irnH



engine market.   Currently, the; 
-------
the opportunity in the truck market and the strong price competition



in the other markets from  noisy  engines  which cannot  be used  in



trucks.    Manufacturers  of quiet engines will compute  less  in small



markets which show little growth opportunity.



    3.  The producer of noisy engines will  shift  sales emphasis from



the truck market to less noise-sensitive markets.  To maintain volume,



price weakness will become common.   Temporary noise rebates may



be made to truck manufacturers by engine manufacturers as partial



compensation  for  customizing  required  to   use   noisy  engines.



Cooperative programs will be established with primary truck  manu-



facturer customers  to  speed the development of such changes as cab



redesign, which will be required if noisy engines are to be used and,



at the same time,  to prepare for lower future noise levels.  The engine



horsepower specifications will be derated  if  this will improve noise



characteristics.   The  volume of noisy engine production will decline.



Market  share of the  truck market will  decline; his profits will decline;



and unemployment will occur  in plants producing noisy  engines.



    The extent of  time  over which  the above  scenario will take place



depends on the length of time  required for  the noisy  engine  manu-



facturer to become fully competitive again.  Anything longer than three



to six months would  result  in a loss in competitive position that would



take years to  regain.
                            N-4

-------
APPENDIX O:  PROJECTIONS BASED ON TRUCK POPULATION AND
               USE DATA
    Many of tables and figures in Sections  3 and 8 were  derived from
data acquired by the Bureau of the Census.   In  this appendilx,  the
census data base and the operations performed with these data are
discussed.
DATA BASE
    The Bureau  of the Census has conducted surveys of a  statistical
sample of trucks registered in the  50 states and the  District  of Col-
umbia in  1963,  1987, and  1972, in order  to collect and publish data
on the characteristics and use of the nation's truck resources.  A fac-
simile of the questionnaire  used  in  the  1972 survey is included  at
the end of this appendix.
    The data  obtained from  this survey are available in the  form of
a magnetic tape which consists of records for a sample of 99, 690 trucks
and the  expansion factors necessary to extend  this sample to obtain
estimates for the entire  1972  truck population.
    The expansion factor associated  with each truck is  the number by
which the truck's  statistical  parameters are multiplied to estimate an
equivalent number of trucks  in  the U. S.  Truck Population.   For example,
there is  a large number of pickup trucks in use,  many of which have
similar physical and usage characteristics.   Therefore it  is not nec-
essary  to sample as large  a proportion  of pickup  trucks as,  say,
medium dutydiesel trucks,  since under these conditions, pickup trucks
would have a  higher expansion  factor than medium duty diesel trucks.
                                  0-1

-------
Also, the Census  Bureau samples by state,  and the  truck population



of the various states varies widely.   To obtain equal confidence limits



on data sampled for each state,  it is not necessary to  sample the same



percentage of the state's truck population.   Thus,  data for each state



will tend to have separate expansion factors.



ANALYSIS OF DATA



   It was felt that a  sample  size of 10,000  of the 100, 000 trucks on



the Bureau of Census  tape  was  adequate  for  statistical  reliability.



Accordingly, every tenth truck  on the tape was sampled and sorted by



model year,  category, and engine type as shown in the Table 0-1. Each



truck identified by model  year,  category and engine type is character-



ized by two parameters:  the  expansion  factor F      and the mileage



factor  M    .   The mileage  factor is the truck mileage driven during



the 12 months prior to the time the census questionnaire was filled out



        TABLE O-l  TRUCK IDENTIFICATION TABLE
Model
Year
1931
1932
1933
1972
Medium Duty Truck
Gasoline
F1931,l ^9-31,1
F1931,2. lMl931,2
t «



Diesel




Heavy Duty Truck
Gasoline




Diesel




                                0-2

-------
 by each truck owner. In these factors, the subscript m represents the

 model year,  i the ith truck found in a particular truck category for a

 given model year, and the  superscript k designates truck category as

 follows:

          k =  1 represents  gasoline engine medium duty trucks

          k =  2 represents  diesel engine medium duty trucks

          k = 3 represents  gasoline engine heavy duty trucks

          k = 4 represents  diesel engine heavy duty trucks

     To project future truck population from past production estimates,

 it is necessary to know the  percentage of trucks that survive  as a

 function of age.  This is computed from the equation

                   k
                 S =    10
                   j    P          t   1971-j,i
                        197 1-j                              (0'1}


 Here,  the  subscript j denotes the age of the  truck, and k is a truck

 category superscript  and not  a  power.   Thus the survival factor S

 is the  fraction of trucks in truck  category k  still  surviving  j years

 after production.   The number 10 in the right hand side of Equation

 (O-l)  is used to extend the results  from the  10,000 truck sample to

 100,000 surveyed.
            k
Thw  terms F     are  simply  the  expansion  factors for each  truck in
  a given truck  category for a particular model year.  As an example

  of the application of Equation (O-l),  consider the formula  for com-

  puting the percentage  of gasoline engine  heavy duty  trucks (k=3)

  surviving after five years:
                               0-3

-------
      With the survival rate available  from Eq.  (A.I),  the  truck

 population TC in calendar year c -for truck category k  is computed

 from the equation
                                 Pk  , Sk                       (0.2)
  where P  .  is the number'of trucks  in  category  k produced in the
         c-J
  year c-J.  Eq. (0.2) represents the convolution of the survival
  function S with the production function  P.

       Some of the curves in Section  8  show growth and decline of truck
  populations manufactured in a several  year  period from model years
  m, through nip.  These populations  are  computed  from

                                  C~m2
                       Tk       =  V  pk   sk                 (0.3)
                        Ic,m1,m2    ^   c-J  "j

                                  j=c-m1


      Thus, for example, the total truck population in 1990 that

 is projected to be built and thus will meet an 83 dBA level under

 the option 2  noise regulation  can  be  computed by  summing


  T1990,1977/1977 + T1990 ,1977 ,19£ ~>+ T1990 ,1977 ,1977 + T1990,1977,  3980,
      f              .        .
      The average mileage M^ traveled by trucks j  y?ars old in truck

 category k is given by
                             r-
                             1971-J.i
     Finally, the mileage-weighted acoustic  energy  level  E  produced by
the total population of trucks in  calendar  year  c  is  computed as
                                                             (0.5)
       j{
where NC_. is the noise level for a truck  in  category  k produced
in the year c-J.

                                  0-4

-------
i 'JI->A TC-200
(v-ld.7 I)
                  U.S. oi.i'Ai< t MI.in  CM  '.-'.MMi.nci:
                          HUlll A'l '»  Till  ll.HMJS
     197?  CENSUS OF  TRAUSPOKTATIOM
    TRUCK INVKinOi'Y  AND USE SURVtY
             INSTRUCTIONS
  In  correspondent:!; pcrl;iininr; to  this
  repoit,   |ilr;isc   include  Slulc   nnd
  license  number.

  Hrtiiru  ilic  fonn  in ihc enclosed  pro-
  nddtCKscd pa.stiifi liurenu is con'I •'
li.il.  ll rriy LI-••iron  only liy sworn Ci'hsus i-r-ij-loytft rnd ru .• !n'
ii'.'il i.:jlv  ( coii-'i
iiliiin"d it) your lil''S orr iiMiuni': from lc(;nl pro':i:.~.s.
                                                         cor/cc( any cnut In numf and ntldtetm Inclmlinf. ZIP
    (torn 1 - VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
                               p correct any errors or omissions in the idcntificotion of the vehicfe.
           Moke
                               Yrnr
                               mod':l
                                               or cnpacily
                         State
                                                                                    License No.
   'E: P.'rosc  complete [his form whether or not you ore still the owner of [he-vehicle identified in item /.
    Hem 2 - OWNERSHIP OF VEIIICI.I:
    Are you still the owner (or license holder)
    or lessee of this vehicle?
         in
No              ;
When did you sell, trade,
or otherwise disposc.of it?
                                                 Mniilh ntnl yc-iit
    Item 3 - ACQUISITIOH OF VEHICLE
    How did you acquire this vehicle?

        i Q Purchased new

        2 I  I Purchased used — Speclty.yrat'
                               purc/inso

        3 [ID Lcnnod from someone else
>>  horn 4 - BASE OF OPERATION

    a. What was the principal  plucu  from which
      tho vehicle  v/o* o;>'.-rated?
    City en town
    C'oulily
                                                          "EL
   •I			  _               	
    b. Woi thi» vnhicl« operated blmost enlitely
      in the Stutc numeil in <4o?
                  Item 5.- VEHICLE MILES

                                ANNUAL MILES

                  a. What are the total mllos
                    this vehicle was driven
                    during tho.post'12 months?.  .
                                                                                                         Miles
                                                                      'It.vrhifle was idle tot tlie yr-nr enter
                                                                      "A'ono."  1C less than 12 months, c&timatc
                                                                      probable miles lor a yoar.


                                                                               LIFE TIME MILES
                                                                   b. What ate the total miles
                                                                      'this vehicle hoi been
                                                                      driven since new?
                                                                                                         Miles
                                                                      C/vn r/fMirr/omnfi*r (oeionioter) teodinQ
                                                                      or II net Inrlicalnd by niicoilainotor,
                                                                      Aivri your lirst catimnlo.
                  Item 6 - LI AMID TO'OTHERS
                           WITHOUT  DRIVER

                  Durir.(i the past  12 months, did you use
                  ihis vuhiclc MOSTLY  for l*.t>ing or
                  renting (without driver) to others?

                       I Q^] No — Go to itom 7 on page 3
                      J Q Yea — Was this vehicle usually
                                  leased or rented for:

                           1 [;') LOJS than 30 day»?.
                           7 LJ 30 days  or
                                                                                                               111.

-------
ltfiin.7 - MAJOK 1/IiL Or TliL  li.Ji'.i;  OiJ LGiil-llM

How was tKo vrliiilv ifOilly u^-il iluriiitj fbn  |u«-.t 12  rr.oi.'•! <'/ JU i'oy«.  n/iom you /<•/. -.oc/ (/ir tvfiii. /<.• (/!<••
                                                                                     f,V)
    01 d Own farm or runcli or other
            ii|;rirulturai activity
    02 Q] I" forcHiry or
    03 Q~) In mining or tj
    04 [JJ In coriMlruction, huil'lin^s or roads
    09 [^~] In manufacturing or  processing
    06 [~] In wlml<:snle uml/or rrtnil
    07-Q] l-'or-liirr  triinsiuirtatiou —
            Includes Inicx.irf' services known u.s
            druyiip,i;, locul- curti1.^)', liouschold
            goods movers, convnuii or contract
            motor crrrii-rs, coi.iiiu-rcial motor
            cnriur.,, Iciiscd with diivcr, "owncr-
            O|)CrolniH" under li.n:^1 or contract.
08 I
                                                                   '"or personal truii!i|)ortntion —
                                                                   Used in  |>l(icc of .
-------
ho-,i  10 - GKUV, VLMICLC Wl-.IC.H T
f-li.-k  (X) f»,%'/•; 1,-ir. it,1,1 la iifttic!,! //.«. minimum £ro.'.-i wn'',;fif s-nif-ty wlf.tit ol vcblclo fiJiu? carrivcl load)
it tv/i/c/i Iliiu tini.k at cnnbinuf/cn wuu Ciimrultxl Junnf t!n< p-'i •:<  72 iiit-ntlitj.
                                                                          to
     01 I J  6,000 HI |"H!t
     02 ["]  6.001 lo 10.000
     03 ("J 10.001 lo 14.000
     04 Q'| 14/J-i!  to 16.000
     Ot[;| 16.001 to 19.500
06 Q 59.DOI  to 26.000
OTCi^.COl  i., 32,r/iO
OB QJ 32.00!  to 40.000
09 QJ ',0.001  to 50,000
io(~|:'.o,ooi  to co.ooo
11 CD 60.001 lo  70.000
1 2 [J 70.00! to  Ud.OOJ
13 Q no.ooi to  loo.ooo
»« Q 100.001 to  130.000
15 Cl 130.001 onil over
Item  11 -  TYPE A!<[> SIZE OF  BODY
Hnrk (X) O.Vf.' ocv t;<<»/>• fvpo i1/ I.':1.' cT;r.^i;i/ilion
most fioqtiently usul with the power unit.

                     BODY TYPE
     01 [31 PitVup, | ant:l. i.iulii-:i(op. wnlk-in
     0? UJ Pl:ii(oiin with »c!(k-d .ir-vii ."i -
             HUili nri Ivd, f«.-tlili/<-r, lii:ic
             or  v.T.lcr  ;-|jr'.-udet; Jumping
             device, etc.
     01 £J Other |ilntf',rm — inclnrtini;  'Unlrt,
             (/ruin, llatlicd, low bed, (It |ircsued
             center, <:ic.
     04 Q] Onttlo rn< k  (hoKH, cnlvcn. nnd
             olhcr livi.-Mock)
     05 (^] liinulalc-d  ncn-rcfrigc-rntcH von
     06 Q ] Insulotc'l  icfrigcraled von
     07 ["] Kurnitui'1  van
     OB QJ 0|icu  top vdii           .
     09 (~) All  other cucloscd vnn»
      10 QJ Ilcvi-rngv
     It |"~] Utility (Iicdy r^uipf'p.d  for mobile
             rcpnir p-id  service, e.p., Iclrphotic
             line  true'.:, clrulricpl utility, etc.)
                 Mnik (X) p/VC />ox to Indicate lunfitl, of loot!
                 or cnf.''jdty.  U lu-o 3 F'l Winch or crane, oilier ll|pn wrecker
      14 fj) Wrrckcr
     •15 L 1 *>0'e or loRp.iDg
      16 QJ Aulo trnn-.|io»l
                  Do  not specify  body si/e for tfiese types.
     20 D L)ump truck or combination-
               Ca|)iiciiy of duiop (wnler Ic.vcl without side bour>is) (cubic ynr '•»
                    21 [7J Under S      74 fj 10 toll. 9    27 [~] IP '«> '9 •''
                    22[_)5io6.9      25 [_) 12 lo  14.9    26 ("] 20 to 2y "
                    21 ['J7 lo 9.9      2C Q 15 lo  17.9    2'j Q) 30 or moi«
     30 r I Tank truck or combiLntion (for liqtiids)-
               I.iquid i:np.iciiy of li9
                                                                                                  "["J  n.OOOto 11.999
                                                                                                  36 [~] 12.000 or motr
     40 L..I Tuuk  iiur k or coiiil>iniilion (lor dry l-ulk)—-—>-
               Illy Lull fii|.in ily (<_nliu-  fi-
                    41 f") I..-MM than 300
                    42[ _J300 lo 500
                    43 f."]600 10 «<)'.»
                                                                                                  44 PI")   POD 10 1.199
                                                                                                  45 ['] 1.5(11) to 1.499
                                                                                                  AS LJ '••"'•f'O 01 more
     50 [_J duucrcte mixer.
                                                              C.'upncity of mixer (rtihir y-
                                          hoi
             nillii.f.ii I. •lily •!•••,' nl. r ymir vrhii.lr,.
             1. 1, •:.-,,• ,.,il,., 1.1,1,1:1.,:,.,. '..  t .........

-------
r.hrm 12 - v. III',:LI:  i n-i;

   I* this vehiclr u single unit
   O truck'tKiclor?
   1 f ~) Siiip.N: "nil  Irurk
                                    r
  >IUm 13 - AXLE ARRANGEMENT
   M»rk (X) a\V. r».< /W illn*t,,.t<-x tl,» AXf.l-:
   AI-:ltAM',lit,tl;NT ,nni most lievivrt mtil.
      Jr-^q
                                  vr« v-t'
      rgnrfumai > -v i~^i
                                         lic.n IL. - CAU 1YPL
                                         Does (his  vehicle hove a lilt cab?
                                         '  a YCS.        z rj NO
                                       3"
        Jf none of the nbove Applies, pleo.sc inhem  14- POWERED AXLES
   Mow  mony drivinr) (poworod) axles tl&oi lhi»
   vehlcU have?  Kr,n,ri tamlnn, nxlrn n.. i^n «vf«».
   » D One              3 f-j Three
   3 |.~1 Two              «'-- j.v,.,r ,,   f>,.
       20 —  r.Vinc of pc-rj.ou U. conta'-i
                   iij; this report
                                         Itrm 16 - TYPE OF FUEL

                                         Whof lypn of fuel  it used with thit vi-hiclo?

                                                    nc? |; | Di.M-1    3 Q 1 ,1'C or
                                     >  hem  17 -MAINTENANCE

                                         Wlicn MAJOR icpairs v»cre needed on this
                                         vehicle, were they usually done byr
                                         i CH Yourself?
                                              Truck dealer or foclory hronch?  "
                                              Own  rcpoir ihop (set up specifically
                                              for maintenance)?
                                              Independent gorage?
                                              Other?  -
                                                               2

                                                               3
                                     > Item 18 - ARHA OF OPERATION                 l_

                                        V/herc wo* this vehicle MOSTLY operated?
                                        Mark (X) OiVE box oji/y.

                                        \ Q Mostly in the locol orco (in or nround the cily un-
                                              BubuiLfi, or witliii, u short ditstniicc of the fr.n.i,
                                              faclory, mine, or |>liicc vehicle  is stationed).

                                        2 Q No?i\ly ovcr-lhe-rood (I.cyond the local urea) bul
                                              usually not more I ban1  :.'00 miles one wny to
                                              the most distant stop from the place vrhiclo
                                              is (ilotioncd.

                                        s Q Mnstly ovcMhe.rood trips tliat usually are more
                                              Iliah ?,00 miJcs! one *\n\ to the most distant
                                              Mop fjom platr  tlic vehicle is stationed.
                                     > Item  19 - NUMUER-OF TRUCKS, TRUCK-TRACTORS
                                        How mony trucVs, Iruck.lractors end Iroilors aro
                                        you operating from the ba&n named in item 4 on
                                        page I? Rc/iwf total numf.er mc/ucHnrt "10 vehlch
                                        »-hieh you dotcribcd <*, (hi* quostionnniro.
                                           Pickups, pnnrl.s, mulli-
                                           elops or wiilk-inn ....
                                           Other truckn  . . 	

                                           Truck-tructorB

                                           Trni|pfsfsi:ini- nnco,/..-J
                                                                                                        To I u |
                                                                                                                31
                                                                                          Vrplicuiv (At»i> c
                                                                                          number, extension)
                  ™'J^M-rM«:,
                          -                             '                  "    "
of pi-rsr.i, prrp^iii^ li.il. i -porl
                                                       'I ilJ
                                                             0-9
                                                                                                 DalL

-------